UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

 

Commission File Number: 2-88927

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

Pennsylvania   23-2249083
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
     
111 West Front Street Berwick, Pennsylvania   18603
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (570) 752-3671

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $2.00 per share

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ¨  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yes  ¨  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x  No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  x  No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if there is no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                              x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨               Accelerated filer  x              Non-accelerated filer  ¨               Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes  ¨  No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2013 determined by using a per share closing price on that date of $25.90 as quoted on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board, was $128,656,670.

 

At March 3, 2014 there were 5,521,325 shares of Common Stock, $2.00 par value, outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s 2014 definitive Proxy Statement are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.

 

 
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
Part I    
     
Item 1. Business   1
Item 1A. Risk Factors 11
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 15
Item 2. Properties 16
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 16
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 16
     
Part II    
     
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 17
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 20
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 21
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 40
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 41
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 87
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 87
Item 9B. Other Information 87
     
Part III    
     
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 88
Item 11. Executive Compensation 88
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 88
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 89
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 89
     
Part IV    
     
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 90
     
Signatures   91

 

ii
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

 

PART I

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, which are included pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to (a) projections or statements regarding future earnings, expenses, net interest income, other income, earnings or loss per share, asset mix and quality, growth prospects, capital structure, and other financial terms, (b) statements of plans and objectives of management or the Board of Directors, and (c) statements of assumptions, such as economic conditions in First Keystone Corporation’s (the “Corporation”) market areas. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “intends”, “will”, “should”, “anticipates”, or the negative of any of the foregoing or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy.

 

Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties such as local economic conditions, competitive factors, and regulatory limitations. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and experience to differ from those projected include, but are not limited to, the following: ineffectiveness of the business strategy due to changes in current or future market conditions; the effects of weak economic conditions on current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans; possible impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements; effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effects on economic and business conditions; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other accounting standards setters; the effects of competition, changes in laws and regulation, including the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations promulgated thereunder; interest rate movements; information technology difficulties, and challenges in establishing and maintaining operations in new markets; volatilities in the securities markets; and weak economic conditions.

 

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. They only reflect management’s analysis as of this date. The Corporation does not revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or changed circumstances. Please carefully review the risk factors described in this document and in other documents the Corporation files from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and any Current Reports on Form 8-K.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

First Keystone Corporation (the “Corporation”) is a Pennsylvania business corporation, and a bank holding company, registered with and supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Corporation was incorporated on July 6, 1983, and commenced operations on July 2, 1984, upon consummation of the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of First National Bank of Berwick (the predecessor to First Keystone Community Bank). The Corporation has one wholly-owned subsidiary, First Keystone Community Bank (the “Bank”), which has a commercial banking operation and trust department as its major lines of business. Since commencing operations, the Corporation’s business has consisted primarily of managing and supervising the Bank, and its principal source of income has been dividends paid by the Bank. Greater than 98% of the Corporation’s revenue and profit came from the commercial bank subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, and was the only reportable segment. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation had total consolidated assets, deposits and stockholders’ equity of approximately $902 million, $690 million and $96 million, respectively.

 

First Keystone Community Bank was originally organized in 1864 as a national banking association. On October 1, 2010, the Bank converted from a national banking association to a Pennsylvania chartered commercial bank under the supervision of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC.

 

1
 

 

Effective November 1, 2007, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Pocono Community Bank through the merger of Pocono with and into the Bank. On the acquisition date, Pocono Community Bank had approximately $150 million in assets, $105 million in loans and $110 million in deposits. Headquartered in Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, and organized in 1996, Pocono had 4 banking offices located in Monroe County, Pennsylvania. The acquisition expanded the branch network of the Corporation and provides Pocono customers with a broader array of products and services.

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) to the maximum extent of the law regulated by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities. The Bank is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board governing reserves required to be maintained against certain deposits and other matters. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which is one of the twelve regional cooperative banks comprising the system of Federal Home Loan Banks that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities.

 

The Bank’s legal headquarters are located at 111 West Front Street, Berwick, Pennsylvania, from which it oversees the operations of its eighteen branch locations. These locations consist of five branches within Columbia County, eight branches within Luzerne County, one branch in Montour County, and four branches within Monroe County, Pennsylvania. For further information, please refer to Item 2 – Properties, and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Bank is a full service commercial bank providing a wide range of services to individuals and small to medium sized businesses in its Northeastern Pennsylvania market area. The Bank’s commercial banking activities include accepting time, demand and savings deposits and making secured and unsecured commercial, real estate and consumer loans. Additionally, the Bank provides personal and corporate trust and agency services to individuals, corporations and others, including trust investment accounts, investment advisory services, mutual funds, estate planning, and management of pension and profit sharing plans. The Bank’s business is not seasonal in nature. The Bank has no foreign loans or highly leveraged transaction loans, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board. Substantially all of the loans in the Bank’s portfolio have been originated by the Bank. Policies adopted by the Board of Directors are the basis by which the Bank conducts its lending activities.

 

At December 31, 2013, the Bank had 196 full-time employees and 28 part-time employees. In the opinion of management, the Bank enjoys a satisfactory relationship with its employees. The Bank is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

 

The Corporation’s internet website is www.firstkeystonecorporation.com and the Bank’s internet website is www.firstkeystonecommunity.com .

 

When we say “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Corporation”, we mean the Corporation on a consolidated basis with the Bank.

 

Primary Market Areas

 

The Bank’s primary market area reaches from Monroe and Montour counties along the Interstate 80 corridor through parts of Columbia and Luzerne counties as well as other adjoining counties. The Bank’s eastern market area is centered in Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania and serves all of Monroe county, as well as adjoining counties of Pike and Northampton. The area served by the Bank is a mix of rural communities and small to mid-sized towns. The current population of the Bank’s primary four-county footprint has grown 0.5% since 2010 to 579,000 and is estimated to increase 0.8% to 584,000 by 2017. As of June 30, 2013, the FDIC deposit market share data ranked the Bank 6 th in the deposit market share in the four-county market, with 6.1% of deposits.

 

The Bank’s headquarters, main office, and three of its branch offices are located in Berwick, Pennsylvania. Therefore, the Bank has a very strong presence in the Borough of Berwick, a community with a current population of approximately 10,000. The Bank ranks a commanding first in deposit market share in the Berwick market with 72.9% of deposits as of June 30, 2013, based on data compiled annually by the FDIC.

 

2
 

 

In the course of attracting and retaining deposits and originating loans, the Bank faces considerable competition. The Bank competes with 25 commercial banks, 3 savings associations, and 38 credit unions for traditional banking products, such as deposits and loans in its primary four-county market area. Additionally, the Bank competes with consumer finance companies for loans, mutual funds and other investment alternatives for deposits. The Bank competes for deposits based on the ability to provide a range of competitively priced products, quality service, competitive rates, and convenient locations and hours. The competition among its peers for loan origination generally relates to interest rates offered, products available, ease of process, quality of service, and loan origination fees charged. The economic base of the Bank’s market region is developed around small business, health care, educational facilities (college and public schools), light manufacturing industries, and agriculture.

 

The Bank continues to assess the market area to determine the best way to meet the financial needs of the communities it serves. Management continues to pursue new market opportunities based on a strategic plan to efficiently grow the Bank, improve earnings performance, and bring the Bank’s products and services to new customers. Management strategically addresses growth opportunities versus competitive issues by determining the new products and services to be offered, evaluating expansion opportunities of its existing footprint with new locations, as well as investing in the expertise of skilled staffing. The Bank continues to succeed in serving its customers by living up to its motto, “Yesterday’s Traditions. Tomorrow’s Vision.”

 

Competition - Bank

 

The Bank’s competition is comprised of national, regional and community banking financial institutions. The Bank’s major competitors in Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe counties are:

 

First Columbia Bank & Trust Co. of Bloomsburg
PNC Bank, N.A.
M & T Bank
FNB Bank, N.A.
Wells Fargo Bank
National Penn Bank
Citizens Bank
ESSA Bank & Trust
First National Community Bank
Service 1 st FCU
Jersey Shore State Bank
Bank of America

 

The Bank competes with a number of credit unions, especially in Luzerne and Montour counties. The Bank is generally competitive with all competing financial institutions in its service area with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts and interest rates charged on loans.

 

Concentration

 

The Corporation and the Bank are not dependent on deposits nor exposed by loan concentrations to a single customer or to a small group of customers, such that the loss of any one or more would not have a materially adverse effect on the financial condition of the Corporation or the Bank. The customers’ ability to repay their loans is generally dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions prevailing in Pennsylvania, among other factors.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

The Corporation is subject to the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and of state securities laws for matters relating to the offering and sale of its securities. The Corporation is currently subject to the SEC’s rules and regulations relating to companies whose shares are registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended.

 

The Corporation is also subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and to supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank Holding Company Act requires the Corporation to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of substantially all of the assets of any institution, including another bank.

 

3
 

 

The Bank Holding Company Act also prohibits acquisition of control of a bank holding company, such as the Corporation, without prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board. Control is defined for this purpose as the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a bank holding company or to vote 25% (or 10%, if no other person or persons acting on concert, holds a greater percentage of the common stock) or more of the Corporation’s common stock.

 

The Corporation is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may also make examinations of the Corporation and any or all of its subsidiaries.

 

The Bank is subject to federal and state statutes applicable to banks chartered under the banking laws of Pennsylvania and to banks whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

 

Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, loans a bank makes and collateral it takes, and the activities of a bank with respect to mergers and consolidations and the establishment of branches.

 

As a subsidiary of a bank holding company, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding company or its subsidiaries and on taking such stock or securities as collateral for loans. The Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations also place certain limitations and reporting requirements on extensions of credit by a bank to principal shareholders of its parent holding company, among others, and to related interests of such principal shareholders. In addition, such legislation and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming a principal shareholder of a holding company may obtain credit from banks with which the subsidiary bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

 

Permitted Non-Banking Activities

 

The Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in non-banking activities so closely related to banking, managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Corporation does not at this time engage in any of these non-banking activities, nor does the Corporation have any current plans to engage in any other permissible activities in the foreseeable future.

 

Legislation and Regulatory Changes

 

From time to time, various types of federal and state legislation have been proposed that could result in additional regulations of, and restrictions on, the business of the Bank. It cannot be predicted whether any such legislation will be adopted or how such legislation would affect the business of the Bank. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in the United States, the Bank’s business is particularly susceptible to being affected by federal legislation and regulations that may increase the costs of doing business.

 

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or the impact such changes might have on the Corporation and the Bank. Certain changes of potential significance to the Corporation which have been enacted recently and others which are currently under consideration by Congress or various regulatory agencies are discussed below.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA” )

 

The FDICIA established five different levels of capitalization of financial institutions, with “prompt corrective actions” and significant operational restrictions imposed on institutions that are capital deficient under the categories. The five categories are:

 

•  well capitalized

•  adequately capitalized

•  undercapitalized

•  significantly undercapitalized, and

•  critically undercapitalized.

 

4
 

 

To be considered well capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, a leverage capital ratio of at least 5%, and must not be subject to any order or directive requiring the institution to improve its capital level. An institution falls within the adequately capitalized category if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 4%. Institutions with lower capital levels are deemed to be undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized, depending on their actual capital levels. In addition, the appropriate federal regulatory agency may downgrade an institution to the next lower capital category upon a determination that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice. Institutions are required under the FDICIA to closely monitor their capital levels and to notify their appropriate regulatory agency of any basis for a change in capital category. On December 31, 2013, the Corporation and the Bank exceeded the minimum capital levels of the well capitalized category. See Note 16 — Regulatory Matters.

 

Regulatory oversight of an institution becomes more stringent with each lower capital category, with certain “prompt corrective actions” imposed depending on the level of capital deficiency.

 

Other Provisions of the FDICIA

 

Each depository institution must submit audited financial statements to its primary regulator and the FDIC, whose reports are made publicly available. In addition, the audit committee of each depository institution must consist of outside directors and the audit committee at “large institutions” (as defined by FDIC regulation) must include members with banking or financial management expertise. The audit committee at “large institutions” must also have access to independent outside counsel. In addition, an institution must notify the FDIC and the institution’s primary regulator of any change in the institution’s independent auditor, and annual management letters must be provided to the FDIC and the depository institution’s primary regulator. The regulations define a “large institution” as one with over $500 million in assets, which does include the Bank. Also, under the rule, an institution's independent public accountant must examine the institution's internal controls over financial reporting and perform agreed-upon procedures to test compliance with laws and regulations concerning safety and soundness.

 

Under the FDICIA, each federal banking agency must prescribe certain safety and soundness standards for depository institutions and their holding companies. Three types of standards must be prescribed:

 

•  asset quality and earnings

•  operational and managerial, and

•  compensation

 

Such standards would include a ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings, and, to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded securities of such institutions and holding companies. Operational and managerial standards must relate to:

 

•  internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems

•  loan documentation

•  credit underwriting

•  interest rate exposure

•  asset growth, and

•  compensation, fees and benefits

 

The FDICIA also sets forth Truth in Savings disclosure and advertising requirements applicable to all depository institutions.

 

Real Estate Lending Standards . Pursuant to the FDICIA, federal banking agencies adopted real estate lending guidelines which would set loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios for different types of real estate loans. The LTV ratio is generally defined as the total loan amount divided by the appraised value of the property at the time the loan is originated. If the institution does not hold a first lien position, the total loan amount would be combined with the amount of all junior liens when calculating the ratio. In addition to establishing the LTV ratios, the guidelines require all real estate loans to be based upon proper loan documentation and a recent appraisal or certificate of inspection of the property.

 

5
 

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The federal banking regulators have adopted certain risk-based capital guidelines to assist in the assessment of the capital adequacy of a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit, and recourse agreements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.

 

The following table presents the Corporation’s capital ratios at December 31, 2013.

 

    (In Thousands)  
Tier I Capital   $ 76,825  
Tier II Capital     6,970  
Total Capital   $ 83,795  
         
Adjusted Total Average Assets   $ 865,976  
Total Adjusted Risk-Weighted Assets 1   $ 561,716  
         
Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio 2     13.68 %
Required Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio     4.00 %
Excess Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio     9.68 %
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 3     14.92 %
Required Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio     8.00 %
Excess Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio     6.92 %
Tier I Leverage Ratio 4     8.87 %
Required Tier I Leverage Ratio     4.00 %
Excess Tier I Leverage Ratio     4.87 %

 

 

1 Includes off-balance sheet items at credit-equivalent values less intangible assets.

2 Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier I Capital to Total Adjusted Risk-Weighted Assets.

3 Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier I and Tier II Capital to Total Adjusted Risk-Weighted Assets.

4 Tier I Leverage Ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier I Capital to Adjusted Total Average Assets.

 

The Corporation’s ability to maintain the required levels of capital is substantially dependent upon the success of the Corporation’s capital and business plans; the impact of future economic events on the Corporation’s loan customers; and the Corporation’s ability to manage its interest rate risk and investment portfolio and control its growth and other operating expenses. See also, the information under Capital Strength in Management’s Discussion and Analysis on page 35 of this report.

 

Regulatory Capital Changes

 

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies issued final rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The phase-in period for community banking organizations begins January 1, 2015, while larger institutions (generally those with assets of $250 billion or more) must begin compliance on January 1, 2014. The final rules call for the following capital requirements:

 

· A minimum ratio of common tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%.
· A minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6%.
· A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%.
· A minimum leverage ratio of 4%.

 

In addition, the final rules establish a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets applicable to all banking organizations. If a banking organization fails to hold capital above the minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, it will be subject to certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The phase-in period for the capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers for all banking organizations will begin on January 1, 2016.

 

6
 

 

Under the initially proposed rules, accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) would have been included in a banking organization’s common equity tier 1 capital. The final rules allow community banks to make a one-time election not to include these additional components of AOCI in regulatory capital and instead use the existing treatment under the general risk-based capital rules that excludes most AOCI components from regulatory capital. The opt-out election must be made in the first call report or FR Y-9 series report that is filed after the financial institution becomes subject to the final rule.

 

The final rules permanently grandfather non-qualifying capital instruments (such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock) issued before May 19, 2010 for inclusion in the tier 1 capital of banking organizations with total consolidated assets less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 and banking organizations that were mutual holding companies as of May 19, 2010. The Corporation does not have trust preferred securities or cumulative perpetual preferred stock with no plans to add these to the capital structure.

 

The proposed rules would have modified the risk-weight framework applicable to residential mortgage exposures to require banking organizations to divide residential mortgage exposures into two categories in order to determine the applicable risk weight. In response to commenter concerns about the burden of calculating the risk weights and the potential negative effect on credit availability, the final rules do not adopt the proposed risk weights but retain the current risk weights for mortgage exposures under the general risk-based capital rules.

 

Consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, the new rules replace the ratings-based approach to securitization exposures, which is based on external credit ratings, with the simplified supervisory formula approach in order to determine the appropriate risk weights for these exposures. Alternatively, banking organizations may use the existing gross-up approach to assign securitization exposures to a risk weight category or choose to assign such exposures a 1,250 percent risk weight.

 

Under the new rules, mortgage servicing assets and certain deferred tax assets are subject to stricter limitations than those applicable under the current general risk-based capital rule. The new rules also increase the risk weights for past-due loans, certain commercial real estate loans, and some equity exposures, and makes selected other changes in risk weights and credit conversion factors.

 

The Corporation is in the process of assessing the impact of these changes on the regulatory ratios of the Corporation and the Bank on the capital, operations, liquidity and earnings of the Corporation and Bank.

 

Effect of Government Monetary Policies

 

The earnings of the Corporation are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve Board has a major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulations of, among other things, the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

 

Effects of Inflation

 

Inflation has some impact on the Bank’s operating costs. Unlike industrial companies, however, substantially all of the Bank’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Bank’s performance than the general levels of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as prices of goods and services.

 

7
 

 

Environmental Regulation

 

There are several federal and state statutes that regulate the obligations and liabilities of financial institutions pertaining to environmental issues. In addition to the potential for attachment of liability resulting from its own actions, a bank may be held liable, under certain circumstances, for the actions of its borrowers, or third parties, when such actions result in environmental problems on properties that collateralize loans held by the bank. Further, the liability has the potential to far exceed the original amount of the loan issued by the Bank. Currently, neither the Corporation nor the Bank is a party to any pending legal proceeding pursuant to any environmental statute, nor are the Corporation and the Bank aware of any circumstances that may give rise to liability under any such statute.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Federal banking agency regulations specify that the Bank’s capital adequacy include an assessment of the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure. The standards for measuring the adequacy and effectiveness of a banking organization’s Interest Rate Risk (“IRR”) management includes a measurement of Board of Directors and senior management oversight, and a determination of whether a banking organization’s procedures for comprehensive risk management are appropriate to the circumstances of the specific banking organization. The Bank has internal IRR models that are used to measure and monitor IRR. Additionally, the regulatory agencies have been assessing IRR on an informal basis for several years. For these reasons, the Corporation does not expect the addition of IRR evaluation to the agencies’ capital guidelines to result in significant changes in capital requirements for the Bank.

 

JOBS Act

 

In 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) became law. The JOBS Act is aimed at facilitating capital raising by smaller companies, banks and bank holding companies by implementing the following changes:

 

· Raising the threshold requiring registration under the Exchange Act for banks and bank holdings companies from 500 to 2,000 holders of record;
· Raising the threshold for triggering deregistration under the Exchange Act for banks and bank holding companies from 300 to 1,200 holders of record;
· Raising the limit for Regulation A offerings from $5 million to $50 million per year and exempting some Regulation A offerings from state blue sky laws;
· Permitting advertising and general solicitation in Rule 506 and Rule 144A offerings;
· Allowing private companies to use "crowdfunding" to raise up to $1 million in any 12-month period, subject to certain conditions; and
· Creating a new category of issuer, called an "Emerging Growth Company," for companies with less than $1 billion in annual gross revenue, which will benefit from certain changes that reduce the cost and burden of carrying out an equity initial public offering and complying with public company reporting obligations for up to five years.

 

While the JOBS Act is not expected to have any immediate application to the Corporation, management will continue to monitor the implementation rules for potential effects which might benefit the Corporation.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 2000

 

In 2000, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act became law, which is also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act. The act repealed some Depression-era banking laws and will permit banks, insurance companies and securities firms to engage in each others’ businesses after complying with certain conditions and regulations. The act grants to community banks the power to enter new financial markets as a matter of right that larger institutions have managed to do on an ad hoc basis. At this time, the Corporation has no plans to pursue these additional possibilities.

 

8
 

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

In 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act became law. The Act was in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with recent high visibility accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are:

 

To increase corporate responsibility;
To provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies; and
To protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file periodic reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The legislation includes provisions, among other things:

 

Governing the services that can be provided by a public company’s independent auditors and the procedures for approving such services;
Requiring the chief executive officer and chief financial officer to certify certain matters relating to the company’s periodic filings under the Exchange Act;
Requiring expedited filings of reports by insiders of their securities transactions and containing other provisions relating to insider conflicts of interest;
Increasing disclosure requirements relating to critical financial accounting policies and their application;
Increasing penalties for securities law violations; and
Creating a public accounting oversight board, a regulatory body subject to SEC jurisdiction with broad powers to set auditing, quality control and ethics standards for accounting firms.

 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) became law in July 2010. Dodd-Frank is intended to affect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. Among other things, Dodd-Frank created a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gave federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. Dodd-Frank additionally created a new independent federal regulator to administer federal consumer protection laws. Dodd-Frank is expected to have a significant impact on our business operations as its provisions take effect. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact Dodd-Frank and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense. Among the provisions that are likely to affect us are the following:

 

Holding Company Capital Requirements. Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve to apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. Dodd-Frank additionally requires that bank regulators issue countercyclical capital requirements so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness.

 

Deposit Insurance. Dodd-Frank permanently increases the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, and extended unlimited deposit insurance to non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Dodd-Frank also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. Dodd-Frank requires the FDIC to increase the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020 and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Effective one year from the date of enactment, Dodd-Frank eliminates the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business checking accounts.

 

Corporate Governance. Dodd-Frank requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years, a non-binding vote regarding the frequency of the vote on executive compensation at least every six years, and a non-binding vote on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders. The SEC has finalized the rules implementing these requirements which took effect on January 21, 2011. Additionally, Dodd-Frank directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. Dodd-Frank also gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

 

9
 

 

Prohibition Against Charter Conversions of Troubled Institutions. Effective one year after enactment, Dodd-Frank prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of the conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days. The notice must include a plan to address the significant supervisory matter. The converting institution must also file a copy of the conversion application with its current federal regulator which must notify the resulting federal regulator of any ongoing supervisory or investigative proceedings that are likely to result in an enforcement action and provide access to all supervisory and investigative information relating thereto.

 

Interstate Branching. Dodd-Frank authorizes national and state banks to establish branches in other states to the same extent as a bank chartered by that state would be permitted. Previously, banks could only establish branches in other states if the host state expressly permitted out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state. Accordingly, banks will be able to enter new markets more freely.

 

Limits on Interstate Acquisitions and Mergers. Dodd-Frank precludes a bank holding company from engaging in an interstate acquisition — the acquisition of a bank outside its home state — unless the bank holding company is both well capitalized and well managed. Furthermore, a bank may not engage in an interstate merger with another bank headquartered in another state unless the surviving institution will be well capitalized and well managed. The previous standard in both cases was adequately capitalized and adequately managed.

 

Limits on Interchange Fees. Dodd-Frank amends the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board set the interchange rate cap at $0.24 per transaction. While the restrictions on interchange fees do not affect banks with assets less than $10 billion, the rule could affect the competitiveness of debit cards issued by smaller banks.

 

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Dodd-Frank creates a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other statutes. The CFPB will have examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions will be subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB will have authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Dodd-Frank authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, Dodd-Frank will allow borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. Dodd-Frank permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

 

Available Information

 

The Corporation’s common stock is registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. The Corporation is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The reports, proxy statements and other information filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Corporation is an electronic filer with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s internet site address is www.sec.gov .

 

A copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K may be obtained without charge at www.fkyscorp.com or via email at info@fkcbank.com . Quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current event reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, may be obtained without charge via email at info@fkcbank.com . Information may also be obtained via written request to Investor Relations at First Keystone Corporation, Attention: Cheryl Wynings, 111 West Front Street, P.O. Box 289, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603, or by telephone at 570-752-3671, extension 1175.

 

10
 

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investments in the Corporation’s common stock involve risk. The market price of the Corporation’s common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, including:

 

The Corporation is subject to interest rate risk.

 

The Corporation’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Corporation’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Corporation receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) the Corporation’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of the Corporation’s financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of the Corporation’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Corporation’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.

 

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Corporation’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Corporation is subject to lending risk.

 

As of December 31, 2013, approximately 64.1% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of Commercial and Industrial, Tax exempt – Real Estate and Other and Commercial Real Estate loans, which includes commercial construction loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than Residential Real Estate loans or Consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than Residential Real Estate loans and Consumer loans. Because the Corporation’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of Commercial and Industrial, Commercial Construction and Commercial Real Estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

If the Corporation’s Allowance for Loan Losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, its earnings could decrease.

 

The Corporation’s loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. The Corporation may experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, the Corporation reviews its loans and its loss and delinquency experience, and the Corporation evaluates economic conditions. If its assumptions prove to be incorrect, its allowance for loan losses may not cover inherent losses in its loan portfolio at the date of its financial statements. Material additions to the Corporation’s allowance would materially decrease its net income. At December 31, 2013, its allowance for loan losses totaled $6.5 million, representing 1.49% of its average total loans.

 

Although the Corporation believes it has underwriting standards to manage normal lending risks, it is difficult to assess the future performance of its loan portfolio due to the relatively recent origination of many of these loans. The Corporation cannot assure that its non-performing loans will not increase or that its non-performing or delinquent loans will not adversely affect its future performance.

 

In addition, federal regulators periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses and may require it to increase its allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in its allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition.

 

11
 

 

The Corporation’s operations of its business, including its interaction with customers, are increasingly done via electronic means, and this has increased its risks related to cyber security.

 

The Corporation is exposed to the risk of cyber-attacks in the normal course of business. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. The Corporation has observed an increased level of attention in the industry focused on cyber-attacks that include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. To combat against these attacks, the Corporation has policies and procedures in place to prevent or limit the effect of the possible security breach of its information systems and it has insurance against some cyber-risks and attacks. While the Corporation has not incurred any material losses related to cyber-attacks, nor is it aware of any specific or threatened cyber-incidents as of the date of this report, it may incur substantial costs and suffer other negative consequences if it falls victim to successful cyber-attacks.  Such negative consequences could include remediation costs that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repairing system damage that may have been caused; deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants; lost revenues resulting from unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract customers following an attack; litigation; and reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence.

 

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive industry.

 

The Corporation faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources and greater technology. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets in which the Corporation operates. The Corporation also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as online account opening, automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of the Corporation’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures.

 

The Corporation’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

The ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;
The ability to expand the Corporation’s market position;
The scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;
The rate at which the Corporation introduces new products and services relative to its competitors;
Customer satisfaction with the Corporation’s level of service; and
Industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Corporation’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Basel III capital requirements may require the Corporation to maintain higher levels of capital, which could reduce its profitability. 

 

Basel III targets higher levels of base capital, certain capital buffers and a migration toward common equity as the key source of regulatory capital. Although the new capital requirements are phased in over the next decade and may change substantially before final implementation, Basel III signals a growing effort by domestic and international bank regulatory agencies to require financial institutions, including depository institutions, to maintain higher levels of capital. As Basel III is implemented, regulatory viewpoints could change or require additional capital to support the Corporation’s business risk profile prior to final implementation of the Basel III standards. If the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain higher levels of capital, the Corporation and the Bank may have fewer opportunities to invest capital into interest-earning assets, which could limit the profitable business operations available to the Corporation and the Bank and adversely impact its financial condition and results of operations.

 

12
 

 

If the Corporation concludes that the decline in value of any of its investment securities is other than temporary, the Corporation will be required to write down the credit-related portion of the impairment of that security through a charge to earnings.

 

Management reviews its investment securities portfolio at each quarter-end reporting period to determine whether the fair value is below the current carrying value. When the fair value of any of its investment securities has declined below its carrying value, management is required to assess whether the decline is other than temporary. If management concludes that the decline is other than temporary, management will be required to write down the credit-related portion of the impairment of that security through a charge to earnings. Due to the complexity of the calculations and assumptions used in determining whether an asset is impaired, the impairment disclosed may not accurately reflect the actual impairment in the future.

 

Future credit downgrades of the United States Government due to issues relating to debt and the deficit may adversely affect the Corporation.

 

As a result of failure of the federal government to reach agreement over federal debt and the ongoing issues connected with the debt ceiling, certain rating agencies placed the United States government’s long-term sovereign debt rating on their equivalent of negative watch and announced the possibility of a rating downgrade.  The rating agencies, due to constraints related to the rating of the United States, also placed government-sponsored enterprises in which the Corporation invests and receives lines of credit on negative watch and a downgrade of the United States’ credit rating would trigger a similar downgrade in the credit rating of these government sponsored enterprises.  Furthermore, the credit rating of other entities, such as state and local governments, may also be downgraded should the United States credit rating be downgraded. The impact that a credit rating downgrade may have on the national and local economy could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Corporation’s profitability depends significantly on economic conditions in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

The Corporation’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the specific local markets in which the Corporation operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Corporation provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe counties. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Corporation’s products and services as well as the ability of the Corporation’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Corporation’s deposit funding sources. Also, a significant decline in general economic conditions could impact the local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Corporation is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.

 

The Corporation, primarily through the Bank, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Corporation’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies could affect the Corporation in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Corporation to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Corporation may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Corporation is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.

 

From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the Corporation’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Corporation’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, and if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Corporation, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Corporation and its products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

13
 

 

The trading volume in the Corporation’s common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.

 

The Corporation’s common stock is not currently listed on a national stock exchange, but traded on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board. As a result, trading volume is less than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the Corporation’s common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Corporation has no control. Given the lower trading volume of the Corporation’s common stock, significant sales of the Corporation’s common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the Corporation’s stock price to fall.

 

The Corporation’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.

 

Management regularly reviews and updates the Corporation’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Corporation’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Corporation may need or be compelled to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

 

Federal banking regulators require the Corporation and Bank to maintain adequate levels of capital to support their operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by the Corporation’s management and board of directors, based on capital levels that they believe are necessary to support the Corporation’s business operations. The Corporation is evaluating its present and future capital requirements and needs, is developing a comprehensive capital plan and is analyzing capital raising alternatives, methods and options. Even if the Corporation succeeds in meeting the current regulatory capital requirements, the Corporation may need to raise additional capital in the near future to support possible loan losses during future periods or to meet future regulatory capital requirements.

 

Further, the Corporation’s regulators may require it to increase its capital levels. If the Corporation raises capital through the issuance of additional shares of its common stock or other securities, it would likely dilute the ownership interests of current investors and would likely dilute the per-share book value and earnings per share of its common stock. Furthermore, it may have an adverse impact on the Corporation’s stock price. New investors may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to the Corporation’s current shareholders, which may adversely impact its current shareholders. The Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside its control, and on its financial performance. Accordingly, the Corporation cannot assure the shareholders of its ability to raise additional capital on terms and time frames acceptable to it or to raise additional capital at all. If the Corporation cannot raise additional capital in sufficient amounts when needed, its ability to comply with regulatory capital requirements could be materially impaired. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect the Corporation’s operations, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Corporation is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

 

A significant portion of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Corporation may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Corporation may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Corporation to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Corporation’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws, or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws, may increase the Corporation’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Corporation has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

14
 

 

The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is subject to limitations.

 

The Corporation is a bank holding company and its operations are conducted by the Bank, which is a separate and distinct legal entity. Substantially all of the Corporation’s assets are held by the Bank.

 

The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends depends on its receipt of dividends from the Bank, its primary source of dividends. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on net profits and retained earnings, imposed by the various banking regulatory agencies. The ability of banking subsidiaries to pay dividends is also subject to their profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. There is no assurance that the Bank will be able to pay dividends in the future or that the Corporation will generate adequate cash flow to pay dividends in the future. The Corporation’s failure to pay dividends on its common stock could have a material adverse effect on the market price of its common stock.

 

Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and various anti-takeover provisions under its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could impede the takeover of the Corporation.

 

Various Pennsylvania laws affecting business corporations may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire the Corporation, even if the acquisition would be advantageous to shareholders. In addition, the Corporation has various anti-takeover measures in place under its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, including a staggered board of directors and the absence of cumulative voting. Any one or more of these measures may impede the takeover of the Corporation without the approval of its Board of Directors and may prevent its shareholders from taking part in a transaction in which they could realize a premium over the current market price of its common stock.

 

The Corporation’s banking subsidiary may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums or special assessments which may adversely affect its earnings.

 

Poor economic conditions and the resulting bank failures have increased the costs of the FDIC and depleted its deposit insurance fund. Additional bank failures may prompt the FDIC to increase its premiums above the recently increased levels or to issue special assessments. The Corporation is generally unable to control the amount of premiums or special assessments that its subsidiary is required to pay for FDIC insurance. Any future changes in the calculation or assessment of FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition, and its ability to continue to pay dividends on its common stock at the current rate or at all.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

15
 

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Corporation and its subsidiary occupy eighteen branch properties in Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe counties in Pennsylvania, which are used principally as banking offices.

 

Properties owned are:

 

Main Office located at 111-119 West Front Street, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603;
Salem Office located at 400 Fowler Avenue, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603;
Freas Avenue Office located at 701 Freas Avenue, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603;
Scott Township Office located at 2301 Columbia Boulevard, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815;
Mifflinville Office located at Third and Race Streets, Mifflinville, Pennsylvania 18631;
Hanover Township Office located at 1540 Sans Souci Highway, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18706;
Danville Office located at 1519 Bloom Road, Danville, Pennsylvania 17821;
Mountainhome Office located at 154 Route 390, Mountainhome, Pennsylvania 18342;
Brodheadsville Office located at Route 209, Brodheadsville, Pennsylvania 18322;
Swiftwater Office located at 2070 Route 611, Swiftwater, Pennsylvania 18370;
Plymouth Office located at 463 West Main Street, Plymouth, Pennsylvania 18651;
Kingston Office located at 299 Wyoming Avenue, Kingston, Pennsylvania 18704;
Dallas Office located at 2325 Memorial Highway, Dallas, Pennsylvania 18612;
Shickshinny Office located at 107 South Main Street, Shickshinny, Pennsylvania 18655;
Properties located at Second and Market Streets, and Third and Bowman Streets, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603; and
20 ATMs located in Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe counties.

 

Properties leased are:

 

Briar Creek Office located inside the Giant Market at 50 Briar Creek Plaza, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603;
Nescopeck Office located at 437 West Third Street, Nescopeck, Pennsylvania 18635;
Stroudsburg Office located at 559 Main Street, Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania 18360; and
Mountain Top Office located at 18 North Mountain Boulevard, Mountain Top, Pennsylvania 18707 (land parcel is leased and the bank building is owned).

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Corporation and/or the Bank are defendants in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of their business. However, in the opinion of management of the Corporation and the Bank, there are no proceedings pending to which the Corporation and the Bank is a party or to which their property is subject, which, if determined adversely to the Corporation and the Bank, would be material in relation to the Corporation’s and Bank’s individual profits or financial condition, nor are there any proceedings pending other than ordinary routine litigation incident to the business of the Corporation and the Bank. In addition, no material proceedings are pending or are known to be threatened or contemplated against the Corporation and the Bank by government authorities or others.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

16
 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The Corporation’s common stock is traded in the over-the-counter market on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “FKYS.OB”. The following table sets forth:

 

The quarterly high and low prices for a share of the Corporation’s common stock during the periods indicated as reported to the management of the Corporation;
Quarterly dividends on a share of the common stock paid with respect to each quarter since January 1, 2012; and
The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

    MARKET VALUE OF COMMON STOCK  
                   
                Per Share  
    High     Low     Dividend Paid  
2013:                        
                         
First quarter   $ 26.75     $ 23.71     $ .26  
Second quarter   $ 26.70     $ 25.24     $ .26  
Third quarter   $ 27.00     $ 25.05     $ .26  
Fourth quarter   $ 27.00     $ 24.50     $ .26  
                         
2012:                        
                         
First quarter   $ 23.00     $ 19.75     $ .25  
Second quarter   $ 26.00     $ 22.30     $ .25  
Third quarter   $ 25.49     $ 24.00     $ .25  
Fourth quarter   $ 25.20     $ 23.71     $ .26  

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had approximately 914 shareholders of record.

 

The Corporation has paid dividends since commencement of business in 1984. It is the present intention of the Corporation’s Board of Directors to continue the dividend payment policy. Stock value, cost and availability of external capital, and the Corporation’s present and anticipated capital needs are weighed in the process of making a responsible decision. Further dividends must necessarily depend upon earnings, financial condition, appropriate legal restrictions and other factors relevant at the time the Board of Directors of the Corporation considers its dividend policy. Cash available for dividend distributions to shareholders of the Corporation must initially come from dividends paid by the Bank to the Corporation. Therefore, the restrictions on the Bank’s dividend payments are directly applicable to the Corporation.

 

17
 

 

Transfer Agent:  
   
Registrar and Transfer Company (800) 368-5948
10 Commerce Drive  
Cranford, NJ 07016-3752  

 

The following brokerage firms make a market in First Keystone Corporation common stock:

 

RBC Dain Rauscher

(800) 223-4207
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC (800) 526-6397
Stifel Nicolaus & Co. Inc. (800) 223-6807
Boenning & Scattergood, Inc. (800) 883-1212

 

Dividend Restrictions on the Bank

 

Generally, as a Pennsylvania state chartered bank, under Pennsylvania banking law, the Bank may only pay dividends out of accumulated net earnings.

 

Dividend Restrictions on the Corporation

 

Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, the Corporation may not pay a dividend if, after giving effect thereto, either:

 

The Corporation would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or
The Corporation’s total assets would be less than its total liabilities.

 

The determination of total assets and liabilities may be based upon:

 

Financial statements prepared on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles;
Financial statements that are prepared on the basis of other accounting practices and principles that are reasonable under the circumstances; or
A fair valuation or other method that is reasonable under the circumstances.

 

18
 

 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The following graph and table compare the cumulative total shareholder return on the Corporation’s common stock during the period December 31, 2008, through and including December 31, 2013, with

 

The cumulative total return on the SNL Securities Corporate Performance Index 1 for banks $500 million to $1 billion in total assets in the Middle Atlantic area 2 , and
The cumulative total return for all United States stocks traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008, in the Corporation’s common stock and in each of the indices below and assumes further the reinvestment of dividends into the applicable securities. The shareholder return shown on the graph and table below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

Total Return Performance

 

 

    Period Ending  
    12/31/08     12/31/09     12/31/10     12/31/11     12/31/12     12/31/13  
First Keystone Corporation     100.00       124.21       135.23       166.76       206.32       220.98  
NASDAQ Composite     100.00       145.36       171.74       170.38       200.63       281.22  
SNL Bank $500M- $1B     100.00       95.24       103.96       91.46       117.25       152.05  

 

 

1 SNL Securities is a research and publishing firm specializing in the collection and dissemination of data on the banking, thrift and financial services industries.

2 The Middle Atlantic area comprises the states of Delaware, Pennsylvania, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

 

19
 

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
                               
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:                                        
Total assets   $ 901,565     $ 819,966     $ 818,546     $ 796,601     $ 758,330  
Total investment securities     359,531       303,756       336,618       316,531       282,798  
Net loans     439,999       427,124       410,066       403,950       401,375  
Total deposits     690,075       608,834       624,349       626,895       580,569  
Total long-term borrowings     40,429       44,520       64,339       66,400       82,976  
Total stockholders’ equity     96,351       103,330       93,092       79,060       74,167  
                                         
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:                                        
Interest income   $ 30,961     $ 34,936     $ 37,028     $ 38,154     $ 37,726  
Interest expense     4,954       6,514       9,405       12,742       15,565  
Net interest income     26,007       28,422       27,623       25,412       22,161  
Provision for loan losses     1,372       1,600       1,900       2,575       800  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     24,635       26,822       25,723       22,837       21,361  
Non-interest income     7,875       5,933       4,431       5,758       4,299  
Non-interest expense     19,846       20,398       17,695       17,272       16,444  
Income before income tax expense     12,664       12,357       12,459       11,323       9,216  
Income tax expense     2,391       2,187       2,552       2,362       1,279  
Net income   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907     $ 8,961     $ 7,937  
                                         
PER SHARE DATA:                                        
Net income   $ 1.87     $ 1.86     $ 1.82     $ 1.65     $ 1.46  
Cash dividends     1.04       1.01       .97       .93       .92  
                                         
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                                        
Return on average assets     1.23 %     1.25 %     1.21 %     1.09 %     1.06 %
Return on average equity     10.12 %     10.19 %     11.57 %     10.98 %     10.88 %
Dividend payout     55.64 %     54.18 %     53.31 %     56.47 %     63.06 %
Average equity to average assets     12.10 %     12.28 %     10.43 %     9.95 %     9.73 %

 

20
 

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The purpose of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of First Keystone Corporation, a bank holding company (the “Corporation”), and its wholly owned subsidiary, First Keystone Community Bank (the “Bank”), is to assist the reader in reviewing the financial information presented and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other financial data contained herein. Refer to Forward Looking Statements on page 1 for detailed information.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Versus Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net income increased to $10,273,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $10,170,000 for the prior year, an increase of 1.0%. Earnings per share, both basic and diluted, for 2013 was $1.87 as compared to $1.86 in 2012, an increase of 0.5%. Cash dividends per share increased to $1.04 in 2013 from $1.01 in 2012, an increase of 3.0%. The Corporation’s return on average assets was 1.23% in 2013 as compared to 1.25% in 2012. Return on average equity decreased to 10.12% in 2013 from 10.19% in 2012. Falling yields resulted in an overall decrease of interest income to $30,961,000, down $3,975,000 or 11.4% from 2012. There was the accompanying decrease in interest on deposits and borrowings as interest rates declined, which resulted in interest expense of $4,954,000 in 2013, a decrease of $1,560,000 or 24.0% from 2012.

 

Net interest income, as indicated below in Table 1, decreased by $2,415,000 or 8.5% to $26,007,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Corporation’s net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis decreased by $2,685,000, or 8.6% to $28,397,000 in 2013 as compared to an increase of $1,185,000, or 4.0% to $31,082,000 in 2012.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Versus Year Ended December 31, 2011

Net income increased to $10,170,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $9,907,000 for the prior year, an increase of 2.7%. Earnings per share, both basic and diluted, for 2012 were $1.86 as compared to $1.82 in 2011, an increase of 2.2%. Cash dividends per share increased to $1.01 in 2012 from $.97 in 2011, an increase of 4.1%. The Corporation’s return on average assets was 1.25% in 2012 as compared to 1.21% in 2011. Return on average equity decreased to 10.19% in 2012 from 11.57% in 2011. Falling yields and a slight decrease in earning asset levels resulted in an overall decrease of interest income to $34,936,000, down $2,092,000 or 5.7% from 2011. There was the accompanying decrease in interest on deposits and borrowings as interest rates declined, which resulted in interest expense of $6,514,000 in 2012, a decrease of $2,891,000 or 30.7% from 2011.

 

In July 2012, the Corporation completed transactions designed to improve net interest income. Investment securities with a market value of $15,941,000 and having a yield of 2.95% were sold for a gain of $946,000. In addition, term borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh in the amount of $13,750,000 with a weighted average cost of 4.29% were prepaid, resulting in a prepayment penalty of $811,000. The impact of these transactions was an annualized increase in net interest income of $150,000. The deleveraging of the balance sheet also improved Tier 1 leverage and improved sensitivity to rising interest rates.

 

Net interest income, as indicated below in Table 1, increased by $799,000 or 2.9% to $28,422,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Corporation’s net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis increased by $1,185,000, or 4.0% to $31,082,000 in 2012 as compared to an increase of $2,663,000, or 9.8% to $29,897,000 in 2011.

 

Table 1 — Net Interest Income

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013/2012           2012/2011  
    Increase/(Decrease)           Increase/(Decrease)  
    2013     Amount     %     2012     Amount     %     2011  
Interest Income   $ 30,961     $ (3,975 )     (11.4 )   $ 34,936     $ (2,092 )     (5.7 )   $ 37,028  
Interest Expense     4,954       (1,560 )     (24.0 )     6,514       (2,891 )     (30.7 )     9,405  
Net Interest Income     26,007       (2,415 )     (8.5 )     28,422       799       2.9       27,623  
Tax Equivalent Adjustment     2,390       (270 )     (10.2 )     2,660       386       17.0       2,274  
Net Interest Income (fully tax equivalent)   $ 28,397     $ (2,685 )     (8.6 )   $ 31,082     $ 1,185       4.0     $ 29,897  

 

21
 

 

Table 2 — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012     2011  
    Average     Revenue/     Yield/     Average     Revenue/     Yield/     Average     Revenue/     Yield/  
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
Interest Earning Assets:                                                                        
Loans:                                                                        
Commercial, net 1,2   $ 57,928     $ 2,733       4.72 %   $ 47,386     $ 2,398       5.06 %   $ 40,883     $ 2,214       5.42 %
Real Estate 1     372,225       17,339       4.66 %     369,674       19,538       5.29 %     364,099       20,427       5.61 %
Consumer, net 1,2     5,887       426       7.24 %     6,520       517       7.93 %     7,561       643       8.50 %
Fees on Loans     0       583       0 %     0       650       0 %     0       454       0 %
Total Loans (Including Fees) 3   $ 436,040     $ 21,081       4.83 %   $ 423,580     $ 23,103       5.45 %   $ 412,543     $ 23,738       5.75 %
                                                                         
Investment Securities:                                                                        
Taxable   $ 230,553     $ 6,938       3.01 %   $ 215,849     $ 8,028       3.72 %   $ 234,410     $ 9,790       4.18 %
Tax Exempt 1     91,074       5,314       5.83 %     105,359       6,464       6.14 %     87,427       5,769       6.60 %
Total Investment Securities     321,627       12,252       3.81 %     321,208       14,492       4.51 %     321,837       15,559       4.83 %
Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks     8,029       18       0.22 %     2,791       1       0.04 %     13,840       4       0.03 %
Federal Funds Sold     0       0       0 %     0       0       0 %     565       1       0.18 %
Total Other Interest Earning Assets     8,029       18       0.22 %     2,791       1       0.04 %     14,405       5       0.03 %
Total Interest Earning Assets   $ 765,696     $ 33,351       4.36 %   $ 747,579     $ 37,596       5.03 %   $ 748,785     $ 39,302       5.25 %
                                                                         
Non-Interest Earning Assets:                                                                        
Cash and Due From Banks   $ 6,917                     $ 6,881                     $ 6,050                  
Allowance for Loan Losses     (5,971 )                     (5,994 )                     (5,711 )                
Premises and Equipment     20,547                       15,978                       12,072                  
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale     359                       876                       1,208                  
Other Assets     51,012                       47,660                       58,744                  
Total Non-Interest Earning Assets     72,864                       65,401                       72,363                  
Total Assets   $ 838,560                     $ 812,980                     $ 821,148                  
                                                                         
Interest Bearing Liabilities:                                                                        
Savings, NOW Accounts, and Money Markets   $ 317,477     $ 691       0.22 %   $ 289,399     $ 762       0.26 %   $ 308,778     $ 1,721       0.56 %
Time Deposits     251,758       2,932       1.16 %     249,150       3,794       1.52 %     249,543       4,997       2.00 %
Short-Term Borrowings     11,050       27       0.24 %     11,030       28       0.26 %     2,316       7       0.30 %
Long-Term Borrowings     45,493       1,226       2.69 %     56,351       1,840       3.27 %     68,356       2,523       3.69 %
Securities Sold U/A to Repurchase     18,753       78       0.42 %     19,458       90       0.46 %     21,593       157       0.73 %
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities   $ 644,531     $ 4,954       0.77 %   $ 625,388     $ 6,514       1.04 %   $ 650,586     $ 9,405       1.45 %
                                                                         
Non-Interest Bearing Liabilities:                                                                        
Demand Deposits   $ 80,833                     $ 80,087                     $ 71,661                  
Other Liabilities     11,692                       7,671                       13,292                  
Stockholders’ Equity     101,504                       99,834                       85,609                  
Total Liabilities/Stockholders’ Equity   $ 838,560                     $ 812,980                     $ 821,148                  
                                                                         
Net Interest Income Tax Equivalent           $ 28,397                     $ 31,082                     $ 29,897          
                                                                         
Net Interest Spread                     3.59 %                     3.99 %                     3.80 %
                                                                         
Net Interest Margin                     3.71 %                     4.16 %                     3.99 %

 

 

1 Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an incremental rate of 34%, and statutory interest expense disallowance.

2 Installment loans are stated net of unearned interest.

3 Average loan balances include non-accrual loans. Interest income on non-accrual loans is not included.

 

22
 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

The major source of operating income for the Corporation is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense on liabilities used to fund those assets, including deposits and other borrowings. The amount of interest income is dependent upon both the volume of earning assets and the level of interest rates. In addition, the volume of non-performing loans affects interest income. The amount of interest expense varies with the amount of funds needed to support earning assets, interest rates paid on deposits and borrowed funds, and finally, the level of interest free deposits.

 

Table 2 on the preceding page provides a summary of average outstanding balances of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities with the associated interest income and interest expense as well as average tax equivalent rates earned and paid as of year-end 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

The yield on earning assets was 4.36% in 2013, 5.03% in 2012, and 5.25% in 2011. The rate paid on interest bearing liabilities was 0.77% in 2013, 1.04% in 2012, and 1.45% in 2011. This resulted in a decrease in our net interest spread to 3.59% in 2013, as compared to 3.99% in 2012 and 3.80% in 2011.

 

As Table 2 illustrates, the net interest margin, which is interest income less interest expense divided by average earning assets, was 3.71% in 2013 as compared to 4.16% in 2012 and 3.99% in 2011. The net interest margins are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. In 2013, yield on earning assets fell by 0.67%, from 5.03% to 4.36% while the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities dropped 0.27%. As loans were repaid and refinanced, and as investments were sold, matured or called, the principal balances were reinvested at lower, current rates. This was the primary cause of the lower yields on both loans and investments. Savings, NOW and money market interest expense decreased slightly as rates were reduced in the beginning of 2013. Interest paid on certificates of deposit declined as they matured and were reinvested at lower rates. Average long-term borrowings declined by $10,858,000 while the average rate paid on these borrowings declined by 0.58% from 3.27% to 2.69%. Therefore, the net interest spread and margin in 2013 as compared to 2012 was negatively impacted. Interest income exempt from federal tax was $4,743,000 in 2013, $5,317,000 in 2012, and $4,617,000 in 2011. Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using an incremental rate of 34%.

 

The decline in our net interest margin came from significantly lower earning asset yields and slightly lower funding costs in 2013 and 2012. Fully tax equivalent net interest income fell from 2012 to 2013 by $2,685,000 or 8.6% to $28,397,000. This occurred while the level of average earning assets increased by 2.4%. Our net interest margin was under pressure when interest rates started to rise since the Corporation continues to be liability sensitive. There will be more liabilities, including deposits, repricing than earning assets (loans and investments). To negate the potential impact of a lesser net interest margin, the Corporation will continue to focus on attracting lower cost checking, savings and money market accounts and reduce somewhat its dependence on higher priced certificates of deposit.

 

Table 3 sets forth changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each category of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes in rate (changes in average rate multiplied by prior average volume); and, (iii) changes in rate and volume (changes in average volume multiplied by change in average rate).

 

In 2013, the decrease in net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis of $2,685,000 resulted from an increase in volume of $596,000 and a decrease of $3,281,000 due to changes in rate. In 2012, the increase in net interest income of $1,185,000 resulted from an increase in volume of $1,589,000 and a decrease of $404,000 due to changes in rate.

 

23
 

 

Table 3 — Changes in Income and Expense, 2013 and 2012

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)   2013 COMPARED TO 2012     2012 COMPARED TO 2011  
    VOLUME     RATE     NET     VOLUME     RATE     NET  
Interest Income:                                                
Loans, Net   $ 679     $ (2,702 )   $ (2,023 )   $ 635     $ (1,271 )   $ (636 )
Taxable Investment Securities     547       (1,637 )     (1,090 )     (775 )     (987 )     (1,762 )
Tax-Exempt Investment Securities     (876 )     (273 )     (1,149 )     1,183       (488 )     695  
Other Short-Term Investments     2       15       17       (3 )     0       (3 )
Total Interest Income   $ 352     $ (4,597 )   $ (4,245 )   $ 1,040     $ (2,746 )   $ (1,706 )
Interest Expense:                                                
Savings, NOW and Money Markets   $ 74     $ (145 )   $ (71 )   $ (108 )   $ (851 )   $ (959 )
Time Deposits     40       (902 )     (862 )     (8 )     (1,194 )     (1,202 )
Short-Term Borrowings     0       (1 )     (1 )     26       (5 )     21  
Long-Term Borrowings     (355 )     (259 )     (614 )     (443 )     (240 )     (683 )
Securities Sold U/A to Repurchase     (3 )     (9 )     (12 )     (16 )     (52 )     (68 )
Total Interest Expense     (244 )     (1,316 )     (1,560 )     (549 )     (2,342 )     (2,891 )
Net Interest Income   $ 596     $ (3,281 )   $ (2,685 )   $ 1,589     $ (404 )   $ 1,185  

 

 

The change in interest due to both volume and yield/rate has been allocated to change due to volume and change due to yield/rate in proportion to the absolute value of the change in each. Balances on non-accrual loans are included for computational purposes. Interest income on non-accrual loans is not included.

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the provision for loan losses was $1,372,000 as compared to $1,600,000 as of

December 31, 2012 and $1,900,000 as of December 31, 2011. The provision in 2013 decreased due to the Corporation’s analysis of the current loan portfolio, including historic losses, past-due trends, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. Net charge-offs by the Corporation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were $625,000, $1,757,000, and $1,672,000, respectively. See Allowance for Loan Losses on Page 30 for further discussion.

 

Charge-offs declined in 2013 as compared to the previous year as a result of fewer borrowers defaulting on credit obligations, the Corporation’s diligent collection efforts, and the improving economy. The Corporation did not change the methodology in which it determines charge-offs, rather the challenges associated with the economy (higher unemployment and increased delinquencies) were largely responsible for the increase in net charge-offs from 2011 to 2012. While the Corporation cannot accurately predict future charge-offs, it is anticipated that the current level of charge-offs may continue into 2014 as economic conditions remain uncertain.

 

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of average loans outstanding was 1.49% as of December 31, 2013, 1.36% as of December 31, 2012 and 1.44% as of December 31, 2011.

 

On a quarterly basis, management performs, and the Corporation’s Audit Committee and the Board of Directors reviews, a detailed analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. This analysis includes an evaluation of credit risk concentration, delinquency trends, past loss experience, current economic conditions, composition of the loan portfolio, classified loans and other relevant factors.

 

The Corporation will continue to monitor its allowance for loan losses and make future adjustments to the allowance through the provision for loan losses as conditions warrant. Although the Corporation believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for losses inherent in the loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed the estimated amounts or that additional provisions will not be required in the future.

 

The Bank is subject to periodic regulatory examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC. As part of the examination, the regulators will assess the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and may include factors not considered by the Bank. In the event that a regulatory examination results in a conclusion that the Bank’s allowance for loan losses is not adequate, the Bank may be required to increase its provision for loan losses.

 

24
 

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME

 

Non-interest income is derived primarily from trust department revenue, service charges and fees, income on bank owned life insurance, other miscellaneous revenue and gains on sales of mortgage loans. In addition, net investment securities gains and losses also impact total non-interest income. Table 4 provides the yearly non-interest income by category, along with the amount, dollar changes, and percentage of change.

 

Non-interest income through December 31, 2013 was $7,875,000, an increase of 32.7%, or $1,942,000, from 2012. Table 4 provides the major categories of non-interest income and each respective change comparing the last three years. The majority of the 2013 increase was due to net investment securities gains (losses), which increased from $813,000 in 2012 to $2,900,000 in 2013. Two other major contributors to the increase in 2013 were 1) service charges and fees and 2) an increase in trust department revenue.

 

During 2013, the Corporation recorded a net gain of $2,900,000 from the sales of securities in its investment portfolio, an increase of $2,087,000 from 2012. The Bank has taken gains and losses in the portfolio, primarily in municipal securities, to reduce market risk and protect from further changes in value in the face of increases in long-term interest rates. In 2012, gains totaled $813,000, while in 2011 they were $111,000. These gains resulted from the normal readjustment process within the portfolio.

 

The Corporation performs a quarterly impairment analysis. The analysis includes a review of investment securities owned by its subsidiary, First Keystone Community Bank, and a review of bank equity securities owned by the Corporation. With regards to the investment securities of the Bank, all individual investment securities held at the end of each quarter are evaluated. The evaluation determines if unrealized holding losses represent credit losses which could require an other-than-temporary impairment charge through earnings. Generally, unrealized losses related to general market conditions and/or resultant lack of liquidity in the market do not require impairment charges. Similarly, all bank equity securities held at each quarter end are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment charges, primarily if the market value has declined significantly compared to the book value on an individual basis. Also, trends relating to overall credit quality of bank equity securities owned is considered in making an impairment charge decision.

 

Gains on sales of mortgage loans provided $618,000 in 2013 as compared to $1,016,000 in 2012 and $368,000 in 2011. The decrease in gains on sales of mortgage loans in 2013 was due to rising secondary market rates resulting in a decline in refinance mortgages. In 2013, the Bank originated $46,773,190 in residential mortgage loans and sold $25,653,000. This compared unfavorably to 2012 when the Bank originated $50,140,000 in residential mortgage loans and sold $30,732,000. The increase in volume in 2012 was due to the favorable interest rate environment for refinancing. In 2011, the volume of new residential mortgages sold on the secondary market reduced and led to a $457,000 decline in gains on sales of mortgage loans from the prior year. The Corporation continues to service the majority of mortgages which are sold. This servicing income provides an additional source of non-interest income on an ongoing basis.

 

Service charges and fees consisted primarily of service charges on deposit accounts and ATM fees and debit card income. Service charges and fees were higher by $220,000 in 2013 as compared to 2012, or 10.1% due to prepayment fees relating to certain commercial loans that were paid in advance of their maturity. In addition, ATM and debit card interchange income was higher as well as an increase in fees related to mortgage servicing rights. Service charges and fees decreased $41,000 in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to lower fees collected on checking accounts and lower overdraft fees.

 

Other income, consisting primarily of safe deposit box rentals, income from the sale of non-deposit investment products, and miscellaneous fees, decreased $25,000 or 5.5% in 2013 and increased $65,000 or 16.8% in 2012. Other non-interest income declined in 2013, which was caused in large measure by a decrease in commissions earned on sales of retail non-deposit investment products.

 

25
 

 

Table 4 — Non-Interest Income

 

    2013/2012           2012/2011  
    Increase/(Decrease)           Increase/(Decrease)  
    2013     Amount     %     2012     Amount     %     2011  
Trust department   $ 841     $ 95       12.7     $ 746     $ 161       27.5     $ 585  
Service charges and fees     2,402       220       10.1       2,182       (41 )     (1.8 )     2,223  
Bank owned life insurance income     687       (37 )     (5.1 )     724       (33 )     (4.4 )     757  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans     618       (398 )     (39.2 )     1,016       648       176.1       368  
Other     427       (25 )     (5.5 )     452       65       16.8       387  
Subtotal     4,975       (145 )     (2.8 )     5,120       800       18.5       4,320  
Investment securities gains (losses) - net     2,900       2,087       256.7       813       702       632.4       111  
Total   $ 7,875     $ 1,942       32.7     $ 5,933     $ 1,502       33.9     $ 4,431  

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

 

Non-interest expense consists of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, furniture and equipment, and other miscellaneous expenses. Table 5 provides the yearly non-interest expense by category, along with the amount, dollar changes, and percentage of change.

 

Total non-interest expense amounted to $19,846,000, a decrease of $552,000, or 2.7% in 2013 compared to an increase of $2,703,000, or 15.3% in 2012. Expenses associated with employees (salaries and employee benefits) continue to be the largest non-interest expenditure. Salaries and employee benefits amounted to 55.1% of total non-interest expense in 2013 and 51.1% in 2012. Salaries and employee benefits increased $516,000, or 5.0% in 2013 and $933,000, or 9.8% in 2012. The majority of the increase was related to the opening of new branches in Dallas and Shickshinny, Pennsylvania. The balance of the increase was due to normal annual increases in salaries. In addition, the Corporation experienced a 7.3% increase in medical insurance for its employees, from $1,251,000 to $1,342,000. Salaries increased in 2012 due to the hiring of several new employees, including a Residential Mortgage Consultant, a Training Director and a Business Deposit Specialist, among others, and normal annual increases. The number of full time equivalent employees was 207 as of December 31, 2013, and 193 as of December 31, 2012.

 

Net occupancy expense increased $118,000, or 8.4% in 2013 as compared to an increase of $41,000, or 3.0% in 2012. Furniture and equipment and computer expense increased $54,000, or 3.3% in 2013 compared to an increase of $213,000, or 14.8% in 2012. The increases in 2013 were caused by higher service maintenance on software, higher depreciation, and losses on disposals of furniture and fixtures due to the renovation and expansion of the Bank’s main headquarters and the replacement of several ATMs. The increases in occupancy and furniture expenses in 2012 were caused by higher service maintenance on equipment, including ATMs, higher depreciation, and a loss on disposal of leasehold improvements due to the relocation of our Kingston Office to a bank-owned facility. FDIC insurance expense decreased $64,000, or 13.2% in 2013 as compared to a decrease of $148,000, or 23.3% in 2012. FHLB prepayment penalties of $345,000 were one-time expenses related to the early prepayment of a borrowing with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Other non-interest expense, including state shares tax, ATM and debit card fees and professional services, decreased by 12.6% or $710,000 in 2013 after increasing by $853,000 or 17.8% in 2012. This decrease in 2013 is primarily related to legal, collections and expenses associated with foreclosed assets held for resale and a decrease in donations expenses.

 

The overall level of non-interest expense remains low, relative to the Bank’s peers (community banks from $500 million to $1 billion in assets). In fact, the Bank’s total non-interest expense was 2.37% and 2.51% of average assets in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Bank’s non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets places the Bank among the leaders in its peer financial institution categories in controlling non-interest expense.

 

26
 

 

Table 5 — Non-Interest Expense

 

    2013/2012           2012/2011  
    Increase/(Decrease)           Increase/(Decrease)  
    2013     Amount     %     2012     Amount     %     2011  
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 10,929     $ 516       5.0     $ 10,413     $ 933       9.8     $ 9,480  
Occupancy, net     1,523       118       8.4       1,405       41       3.0       1,364  
Furniture and equipment and computer expense     1,703       54       3.3       1,649       213       14.8       1,436  
FDIC Insurance     422       (64 )     (13.2 )     486       (148 )     (23.3 )     634  
FHLB prepayment penalties     345       (466 )     (57.5 )     811       811       N/A       0  
Other     4,924       (710 )     (12.6 )     5,634       853       17.8       4,781  
Total   $ 19,846     $ (552 )     (2.7 )   $ 20,398     $ 2,703       15.3     $ 17,695  

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, was $2,391,000 as compared to $2,187,000 and $2,552,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective income tax rate was 18.9% in 2013, 17.7% in 2012, and 20.5% in 2011. The increase in the effective tax rate for 2013 was the result of a reduction in tax-free municipal securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolio. The decrease in the effective tax rate for 2012 was due to additional tax exempt income received and an additional low-income housing tax credit recognized during the period. The Corporation looks to maximize its tax-exempt income derived from both tax-free loans and tax-free municipal securities without triggering the alternative minimum tax. The Corporation does not expect a material change in its tax rate for 2014.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

GENERAL

 

Total assets increased to $901,565,000 at year-end 2013, an increase of 10.0% from year-end 2012. As of December 31, 2013, total deposits amounted to $690,075,000, an increase of 13.3% from 2012. Total assets as of December 31, 2012 were $819,966,000, an increase of 0.2% over 2011, while total deposits as of year-end 2012 amounted to $608,834,000, a decrease of 2.5% from 2011.

 

Net loans increased in 2013 from $427,124,000 to $439,999,000, a 3.0% increase. Loan demand continues to be weak as borrowers, both consumer and business, are reducing their leverage positions. Net loans in 2012 increased from 2011 by $17,058,000 or 4.2%.

 

The decrease in long-term borrowings was attributable to a program in which investments were sold to pay-off one long-term borrowing to further improve net interest margin. In April 2013, the Corporation completed transactions designed to unwind unprofitable leverage. Investment securities with a market value of $7,282,000 and having a yield of 3.35% were sold for a net gain of $365,000. In addition, a term borrowing with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh in the amount of $7,000,000 with a cost of 3.29% was prepaid, resulting in a prepayment penalty of $345,000. The impact of these transactions on net income was marginally positive. The deleveraging of the balance sheet also improved Tier 1 leverage and improved sensitivity to rising interest rates.

 

The Corporation continues to maintain and manage its asset growth. The Corporation’s strong equity capital position provides an opportunity to further leverage its asset growth. Borrowings increased in 2013 by $9,073,000 and increased in 2012 by $4,368,000. Core deposits, which include demand deposits and interest bearing demand deposits (NOWs), money market accounts, savings accounts, and time deposits of individuals, continue to be the Corporation’s most significant source of funds.

 

SEGMENT REPORTING

 

Currently, management measures the performance and allocates the resources of the Corporation as a single segment.

 

27
 

 

EARNING ASSETS

 

Earning assets are defined as those assets that produce interest income. By maintaining a healthy asset utilization rate, i.e., the volume of earning assets as a percentage of total assets, the Corporation maximizes income. The earning asset ratio (average interest earning assets divided by average total assets) equaled 91.3% for 2013, compared to 92.0% for 2012 and 91.2% for 2011. This indicates that the management of earning assets is a priority and non-earning assets, primarily cash and due from banks, fixed assets and other assets, are maintained at minimal levels. The primary earning assets are loans and investment securities.

 

LOANS

 

Total loans, net of unearned income, increased to $446,518,000 as of December 31, 2013, as compared to a balance of $432,896,000 as of December 31, 2012. Table 6 provides data relating to the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio on the dates indicated. Total loans, net of unearned income, increased $13,622,000, or 3.1% in 2013 compared to an increase of $16,901,000, or 4.1% in 2012.

 

The lackluster economy and resultant decline in loan demand accounted for nominal growth in the loan portfolio in 2013. The Commercial and Industrial portfolio increased $4,688,000 to $33,402,000 as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $28,714,000 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was mainly the result of $8,454,000 in new loan originations, offset by loan payoffs of $3,347,000 combined with typical portfolio run-off. The Tax-exempt portfolio increased $2,052,000 to $31,244,000 at December 31, 2013 from $29,192,000 at December 31, 2012. This increase was mainly due to four large loan originations totaling $10,500,000, offset by two large loan payoffs totaling $8,041,000. The Commercial Real Estate loan portfolio increased $140,000 to $221,478,000 as of December 31, 2013 as compared to $221,338,000 as of December 31, 2012. The nominal increase was mainly the result of unscheduled loan payoffs combined with payment amortization exceeding new originations. Residential Real Estate loans increased $7,392,000 to $154,403,000 as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $147,011,000 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was the result of new originations and, to a lesser extent, refinances held in the Bank’s portfolio. The Corporation continued to originate and sell certain long-term fixed rate residential mortgage loans which conform to secondary market requirements. The Corporation derives ongoing income from the servicing of mortgages sold in the secondary market. The Corporation continues its efforts to lend to creditworthy borrowers despite the continued slow economic conditions.

 

Management believes that the loan portfolio is well diversified. The total commercial portfolio was $286,124,000 of which $225,424,000 or 50.5% of gross loans was secured by commercial real estate.

 

The largest relationship is a manufacturing/fabrication company and its related entities. The company has a long history of successful operations dating back to 1980. The relationship had outstanding loan balances and unused commitments of $8,629,000 at December 31, 2013. The debt consists of approximately $6,134,000 in term debt secured primarily by various real estate holdings, and approximately $2,495,000 in operating lines of credit secured by business assets and guaranties.

 

The second largest relationship consists of $8,387,000 in a tax free loan relationship and an unused commitment to a municipality founded in 1816 consisting of 35 square miles. According to township officials, the population has been increasing steadily since 2001 and is currently in excess of 11,000 people. In 2012, the township completed its $74,000,000 sewer expansion project. The Bank’s loan is secured by project receivables and the full faith, credit, and taxing power of the township.

 

The third largest relationship is a real estate development company and its related entities, specializing in the design, construction, and management of multi-tenant residential housing. The company was established in the late 1980s. The relationship had outstanding loan balances and unused commitments of $8,365,000 at December 31, 2013. The debt consists of approximately $5,403,000 in term debt secured by various real estate holdings and approximately $2,962,000 in lines of credit secured by various real estate holdings. The loans are secured primarily by income producing multi-tenant real estate.

 

The fourth largest relationship consists of net outstanding loan balances and unused commitments of $7,978,000 after participation shares sold of $2,565,000. This relationship is comprised of several first lien mortgages relating to office and professional rental properties and a $5,000,000 line of credit to a planned residential community. The principal and related companies have been involved in real estate development since 1974, and have successfully developed residential communities, medical office facilities, and professional office facilities. The entire relationship is secured by a combination of first lien mortgages and marketable securities.

 

28
 

 

 

The fifth largest relationship is comprised of various real estate entities, which are owned by an individual who began real estate investment and development activities in 1989. The relationship had outstanding loan balances and unused commitments of $7,821,000 at December 31, 2013. The individual owns a diverse mix of real estate entities which specialize in construction/ development projects, leasing of commercial office space, and rental of multi-tenant residential units. This relationship is comprised of $6,821,000 in term debt (which includes a $2,160,000 construction mortgage) and a $1,000,000 line of credit. The relationship is well secured by first lien mortgages on income producing commercial and residential real estate, plus a collateral pledge of cash accounts and marketable securities.

 

Each of the aforementioned relationships is located within the Corporation’s market area.

 

Each of the aforementioned loans are paying as agreed and none of the loans are considered criticized or classified. The property securing each of the loans was appraised at the time the loan was originated. Appraisals are ordered independently of the loan approval process from appraisers on an approved list. All appraisals are reviewed internally for conformity with accepted standards of the Bank.

 

All loan relationships in excess of $1,500,000 are reviewed internally and through an external loan review process on an annual basis. Such review is based upon analysis of current financial statements of the borrower, co-borrowers/guarantors, payment history, and economic conditions.

 

Overall, the portfolio risk profile as measured by loan grade is considered low risk, as $439,443,000 or 98.5% of gross loans are graded Pass; $1,964,000 or 0.4% are graded Special Mention; $4,734,000 or 1.1% are graded Substandard; and $0 are graded Doubtful. The rating is intended to represent the best assessment of risk available at a given point in time, based upon a review of the borrower’s financial statements, credit analysis, payment history with the Bank, credit history and lender knowledge of the borrower. See Note 4 — Loans for risk grading tables.

 

Commercial and Industrial non-pass grades decreased to $86,000 as of December 31, 2013, compared to $916,000 as of December 31, 2012. The $830,000 decrease was mainly the result of $528,000 in loans upgraded, $51,000 in loans paid off, and a $227,000 decrease in impaired loans from 2012 to 2013. Commercial Real Estate non-pass grades decreased to $5,499,000 as of December 31, 2013, compared to $6,241,000 as of December 31, 2012. The $742,000 decrease in Commercial Real Estate was mainly the result of net loan grade migration of $295,000, $182,000 in loan pay-offs, and a decrease of $126,000 in impaired substandard loans. The Residential Real Estate and Consumer non-pass grades decreased to $1,113,000 as of December 31, 2013, compared to $1,327,000 as of December 31, 2012. The $214,000 decrease was mainly due to net loan grade migration in the Residential Real Estate category of $326,000 and a $127,000 increase in impaired loans from 2012 to 2013.

 

The Corporation continues to internally underwrite each of its loans to comply with prescribed policies and approval levels established by its Board of Directors.

 

Table 6 — Loans Outstanding, Net of Unearned Income

 

(Amounts in thousands)   December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Commercial and Industrial   $ 33,402     $ 28,714     $ 21,448     $ 29,693     $ 42,815  
Tax exempt – Real Estate and Other     31,244       29,192       19,779       12,450       12,525  
Commercial Real Estate     221,478       221,338       236,645       227,147       203,413  
Residential Real Estate     154,403       147,011       130,718       131,981       138,092  
Consumer     5,614       6,473       7,429       8,781       10,802  
Gross Loans     446,141       432,728       416,019       410,052       407,647  
Add (deduct): Unearned discount and     (87 )     (170 )     (331 )     (675 )     (1,273 )
Net deferred loan fees and costs     464       338       307       274       323  
Total Loans, net of unearned income   $ 446,518     $ 432,896     $ 415,995     $ 409,651     $ 406,697  

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The Corporation uses investment securities to not only generate interest and dividend revenue, but also to help manage interest rate risk and to provide liquidity to meet operating cash needs.

 

29
 

 

The investment portfolio has been allocated between securities available-for-sale, including restricted equity securities, and securities held-to-maturity. No investment securities were established in a trading account. Available-for-sale securities increased $57,264,000 or 19.0% to $358,459,000 in 2013 as nearly all classes of securities increased. Available-for-sale securities decreased $32,818,000, or 9.8% to $301,195,000 in 2012. At December 31, 2013, the net unrealized loss, net of the tax effect, on these securities was $(54,000) and was included in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2012, accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax effect, amounted to $12,528,000. The primary reason for the decline in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from 2012 to 2013 was twofold. The Bank realized gains on the sales of securities, primarily municipal bonds, in the net amount of $2,900,000. Additionally, the rise in interest rates during the second half of 2013 reduced the market value of bonds remaining in the portfolio. In 2013, held-to-maturity securities decreased $1,489,000, or 58.1% to $1,072,000 after decreasing $44,000, or 1.7% in 2012. Table 7 provides data on the carrying value of the Corporation’s investment portfolio on the dates indicated. The vast majority of investment security purchases are allocated as available-for-sale. This provides the Corporation with increased flexibility should there be a need or desire to liquidate an investment security.

 

The investment portfolio includes U.S. Government corporations and agencies, corporate obligations, mortgage-backed securities, and obligations of state and political subdivisions, both tax-exempt and taxable. In addition, the investment portfolio includes restricted equity securities consisting primarily of common stock investments in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh as of December 31, 2013. Marketable equity securities consists of common stock investments in other commercial banks and bank holding companies. A quarterly impairment analysis is conducted as outlined under non-interest income on page 25 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

Securities available for sale may be sold as part of the overall asset and liability management process. Realized gains and losses are reflected in the results of operations on the Corporation’s consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2013, the investment portfolio does not contain any off-balance sheet derivatives or trust preferred investments.

 

During 2013, interest-bearing deposits in other banks increased to $22,366,000 from $10,882,000 in 2013. In 2013, the increase in interest-bearing deposits in other banks was the result of an excess cash position on December 31, 2013. In 2012, the increase in interest-bearing deposits in other banks, from $1,776,000 in 2011 to $10,882,000, was also the result of an excess cash position on December 31, 2012.

 

Table 7 — Carrying Value of Investment Securities

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Available     Held to     Available     Held to     Available     Held to  
    for Sale     Maturity     for Sale     Maturity     for Sale     Maturity  
U. S. Government corporations and agencies   $ 153,509     $ 1,072     $ 72,875     $ 2,094     $ 81,056     $ 2,138  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     148,389       0       176,953       467       186,785       467  
Corporate securities     49,265       0       44,507       0       59,242       0  
Marketable equity securities     2,535       0       1,977       0       1,741       0  
Restricted equity securities     4,761       0       4,883       0       5,189       0  
Total   $ 358,459     $ 1,072     $ 301,195     $ 2,561     $ 334,013     $ 2,605  

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The allowance for loan losses constitutes the amount available to absorb losses within the loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses was $6,519,000 as compared to $5,772,000 as of December 31, 2012. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expenses. Loans are charged against the allowance for possible loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. The risk characteristics of the loan portfolio are managed through the various control processes, including credit evaluations of individual borrowers, periodic reviews, and diversification by industry. Risk is further mitigated through the application of lending procedures such as the holding of adequate collateral and the establishment of contractual guarantees.

 

30
 

 

Management performs a quarterly analysis to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The methodology in determining adequacy incorporates specific and general allocations together with a risk/loss analysis on various segments of the portfolio according to an internal loan review process. This assessment results in an allocated allowance. Management maintains its loan review and loan classification standards consistent with those of its regulatory supervisory authority.

 

Management considers, based upon its methodology, that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover foreseeable future losses. However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover significant losses, if any, that might be incurred in the future.

 

Table 8 contains an analysis of the allowance for loan losses indicating charge-offs and recoveries by the year. In 2013, net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans were 0.1%. In 2012, net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans were 0.4%, compared to 0.4% in 2011. Net charge-offs amounted to $625,000 in 2013, $1,757,000 in 2012, and $1,672,000 in 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2013, charge-offs decreased primarily in the Commercial and Industrial and Real Estate – Commercial and Residential portfolios due to fewer borrowers defaulting on credit obligations, the Corporation’s diligent collection efforts, and the improving economy. Charge-offs in the Commercial and Industrial category were $17,000 in 2013 compared to $264,000 and $485,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Charge-offs in the Real Estate – Commercial and Residential category were $638,000 in 2013 compared to $1,481,000 and $1,186,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in net charge-offs in 2012 compared to 2011 related primarily to increased losses on commercial loans secured by real estate due to lower market value of real estate held as collateral.

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the provision for loan losses was $1,372,000 as compared to $1,600,000 for 2012 and $1,900,000 for 2011. The provision, net of charge-offs and recoveries, increased the year-end Allowance for Loan Losses to $6,519,000 of which 11.9% was attributed to the Commercial and Industrial component; 50.9% attributed to Commercial Real Estate component; 0.8% attributed to the Consumer component; 24.0% attributed to the Real Estate (primarily residential mortgage loans) component and 12.4% being the unallocated component (refer to the activity in the allowance for loan losses table in Note 4 — Loans on page 59). The Corporation determined that the provision for loan losses made during 2013 was sufficient to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level necessary for the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013.

 

Table 8 — Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

(Amounts in thousands)   Years Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
Balance at beginning of period   $ 5,772     $ 5,929     $ 5,701     $ 5,322     $ 5,195  
Charge-offs:                                        
Commercial and Industrial     17       264       485       389       211  
Real Estate – Commercial and Residential     638       1,481       1,186       1,778       354  
Consumer     39       87       98       95       169  
      694       1,832       1,769       2,262       734  
Recoveries:                                        
Commercial and Industrial     24       23       28       39       13  
Real Estate – Commercial and Residential     36       23       53       13       25  
Consumer     9       29       16       14       23  
      69       75       97       66       61  
                                         
Net charge-offs     625       1,757       1,672       2,196       673  
Additions charged to operations     1,372       1,600       1,900       2,575       800  
Balance at end of period   $ 6,519     $ 5,772     $ 5,929     $ 5,701     $ 5,322  
                                         
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the period     0.1 %     0.4 %     0.4 %     0.5 %     0.2 %
Allowance for loan losses to average loans outstanding during the period     1.49 %     1.36 %     1.44 %     1.39 %     1.30 %

 

It is the policy of management and the Corporation’s Board of Directors to make a provision for both identified and unidentified losses inherent in its loan portfolio. A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based upon an evaluation of the potential losses in the loan portfolio. This evaluation takes into account such factors as portfolio concentrations, delinquency trends, trends of non-accrual and classified loans, economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

 

31
 

 

The loan review process, which is conducted quarterly, is an integral part of the Bank’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. A detailed quarterly analysis to determine the adequacy of the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses is reviewed by the Board of Directors.

 

With the Bank’s manageable level of net charge-offs and the additions to the reserve from the provision out of operations, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of average loans amounted to 1.49% in 2013, 1.36% in 2012 and 1.44% in 2011.

 

Table 9 sets forth the allocation of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans receivable at the dates indicated. The portion of the allowance for loan losses allocated to each loan category does not represent the total available for future losses that may occur within the loan category, since the total loan loss allowance is a valuation reserve applicable to the entire loan portfolio.

 

Table 9 — Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

(Amounts in thousands)   December 31,  
    2013     %*     2012     %*     2011     %*     2010     %*     2009     %*  
Commercial and Industrial   $ 776       13.6     $ 573       11.4     $ 489       9.1     $ 565       11.4     $ 970       19.3  
Real Estate – Commercial and Residential     4,885       85.5       4,361       87.0       4,735       88.3       4,270       86.1       3,948       78.7  
Consumer     53       0.9       80       1.6       137       2.6       123       2.5       99       2.0  
Unallocated     805       N/A       758       N/A       568       N/A       743       N/A       305       N/A  
    $ 6,519       100.0     $ 5,772       100.0     $ 5,929       100.0     $ 5,701       100.0     $ 5,322       100.0  

______________________

*Percentage of allocation in each category to total allocations in the Allowance for Loan Loss Analysis, excluding unallocated.

 

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

Table 10 details the Corporation’s non-performing assets as of the dates indicated. Generally, a loan is classified as non-accrual and the accrual of interest on such a loan is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan currently is performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against current period income. A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession that the Corporation would not otherwise consider. Modifications to loans classified as TDRs generally include reductions in contractual interest rates, principal deferment and extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market for a new loan with similar risk characteristics. While unusual, there may be instances of loan principal forgiveness. Foreclosed assets held for resale represent property acquired through foreclosure, or considered to be an in-substance foreclosure.

 

Total non-performing assets amounted to $4,349,000 in 2013 as compared to $3,783,000 and $4,968,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The economy, in particular, high unemployment, weak job markets, unsettled fuel prices, rising energy costs, and the continued slowness in the housing industry had a direct effect on the Corporation’s non-performing assets. The Corporation is closely monitoring its Commercial Real Estate portfolio because of the current economic environment. In particular, vacancy rates are rising and rents and property values in some markets have fallen. Impaired loans totaled $3,551,000 in 2013, compared to $2,363,000 in 2012 and $4,188,000 in 2011. Foreclosed assets held for resale increased to $480,000 in 2013 from $468,000 in 2012 and $780,000 in 2011. Loans past-due 90 days or more and still accruing interest amounted to $318,000 in 2013, $952,000 in 2012, and $0 in 2011. These loans are deemed to be well secured and in the process of collection. They consist of one commercial loan, one commercial real estate loan, and three residential mortgage loans, all well secured by various forms of collateral. Non-performing assets to Total Loans, net of unearned income, was 1.0% in 2013, 0.9% in 2012 and 1.2% in 2011. Non-performing assets to total assets was 0.5% in 2013, 0.5% in 2012 and 0.6% in 2011. The allowance for loan losses to total non-performing assets was 149.9% in 2013, 152.6% in 2012 and 119.3% in 2011. Additional detail can be found on Page 34, Table 10 – Non-Performing Assets and Page 66 in the Financing Receivables on Non-Accrual Status table. Asset quality is a priority and the Corporation retains a full-time loan review officer to closely track and monitor overall loan quality, along with a full-time workout specialist to manage collection and liquidation efforts.

 

32
 

 

Impaired loans were $3,551,000 at December 31, 2013. The largest impaired loan is a purchased participation loan which is secured by commercial real estate. The Corporation’s participation share of the loan balance is $1,413,000. The year-end collateral evaluation carried a net realizable value of $6,525,000, after considering an estimated cost to sell of 32% and considering the total participation outstanding note balance, resulting in the Corporation’s specific allocation of $0. The second largest relationship is represented by two loans carrying a balance of $318,000 secured by commercial real estate. The year-end valuation carried a net realizable value of $340,000, after an estimated cost to sell of 23%, resulting in a specific allocation of $0. The third largest relationship is represented by one loan carrying a balance of $226,000 secured by residential real estate. The year-end valuation carried a net realizable value of $226,000, after an estimated cost to sell of 24%, resulting in a specific allocation of $0. The estimated cost to sell percentage is determined based upon the market area in which the real estate securing the loan is located and therefore can differ from one loan to another. Of the $3,551,000 impaired loans, none are located outside our primary market area.

 

Loans categorized as TDRs carried an unpaid balance of $3,961,000 as of December 31, 2013 as compared to $0 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was attributable to deterioration in the respective borrowers’ financial position, and in some cases a declining collateral value, along with the Bank’s proactive monitoring of the loan portfolio. All of the restructured loans are classified in the Commercial Real Estate portfolio. Eight loans are performing under the terms of the debt restructurings, two loans are non-performing under the terms of the debt restructurings, and three loans were paid off during 2013. The troubled debt restructuring modifications consisted of two term modifications beyond the original stated term, four interest rate modifications, and seven payment modifications. TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures, and if necessary, a specific allocation is established. As of December 31, 2013, no specific allocations were attributable to the TDRs. For TDRs that default, the Bank determines a reserve amount in accordance with the Bank’s policy for allowance for loan losses.

 

The Corporation’s impaired loan valuation procedure for any loans greater than $250,000 requires an appraisal to be obtained and reviewed annually at year end. A quarterly collateral evaluation is performed which may include a site visit, property pictures and discussions with realtors and other similar business professionals to ascertain current values.

 

For impaired loans less than $250,000 upon classification and annually at year end, the Corporation completes a Certificate of Inspection, which includes the results of an onsite inspection, insured values, tax assessed values, recent sales comparisons and a review of the previous evaluations.

 

Improving loan quality is a priority. The Corporation actively works with borrowers to resolve credit problems and will continue its close monitoring efforts in 2014. Excluding the assets disclosed in the Non-Performing Assets Table in Table 10 and the Troubled Debt Restructurings section in Note 4 — Loans, management is not aware of any information about borrowers’ possible credit problems which cause serious doubt as to their ability to comply with present loan repayment terms.

 

Should the economic climate no longer continue to be stable or deteriorate further, borrowers may experience difficulty, and the level of non-performing loans and assets, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and possibly require additional increases in the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses.

 

In addition, regulatory authorities, as an integral part of their examinations, periodically review the allowance for possible loan losses. They may require additions to allowances based upon their judgments about information available to them at the time of examination.

 

Interest income received on non-performing loans at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $24,000, $34,000 and $54,000, respectively. Interest income, which would have been recorded on these loans under the original terms in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $398,000, $279,000 and $342,000, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation had no outstanding commitments to advance additional funds with respect to these non-performing loans.

 

A concentration of credit exists when the total amount of loans to borrowers, who are engaged in similar activities that are similarly impacted by economic or other conditions, exceed 10% of total loans. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management is of the opinion that there were no loan concentrations exceeding 10% of total loans.

 

33
 

 

Table 10 — Non-Performing Assets

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
Non-performing assets                        
Impaired loans   $ 3,551     $ 2,363     $ 4,188  
Foreclosed assets held for resale     480       468       780  
Loans past-due 90 days or more and still accruing interest     318       952       0  
Total non-performing assets   $ 4,349     $ 3,783     $ 4,968  
                         
Impaired loans                        
Non-performing loans   $ 3,551     $ 2,363     $ 4,188  
Allocated allowance for loan losses     (140 )     (223 )     (947 )
Net investment in impaired loans   $ 3,411     $ 2,140     $ 3,241  
                         
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance   $ 275     $ 463     $ 2,556  
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance     3,276       1,900       1,632  
Total impaired loans   $ 3,551     $ 2,363     $ 4,188  
                         
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans   $ 140     $ 223     $ 947  
                         
Allocated valuation allowance as a percent of impaired loans     3.9 %     9.4 %     22.6 %
Impaired loans to total loans, net of unearned discount     0.8 %     0.6 %     1.0 %
Non-performing assets to total loans, net of unearned income     1.0 %     0.9 %     1.2 %
Non-performing assets to total assets     0.5 %     0.5 %     0.6 %
Allowance for loan losses to impaired loans     183.6 %     244.3 %     141.6 %
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing assets     149.9 %     152.6 %     119.3 %

 

Real estate mortgages comprise 85.1% of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013, as compared to 86.0% as of December 31, 2012. Real estate mortgages consist of both residential and commercial real estate loans. The real estate loan portfolio is well diversified in terms of borrowers, collateral, interest rates, and maturities. Also, the residential real estate loan portfolio is largely fixed rate mortgages. The real estate loans are concentrated primarily in our market area and are subject to risks associated with the local economy. The commercial real estate loans typically reprice approximately every three to five years and are also concentrated in our market area. The Corporation’s loss exposure on its non-performing loans continues to be mitigated by collateral positions on these loans. The allocated allowance for loan losses associated with impaired loans is generally computed based upon the related collateral value of the loans. The collateral values are determined by recent appraisals, but are generally discounted by management based on historical dispositions, changes in market conditions since the last valuation and management’s expertise and knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business.

 

DEPOSITS AND OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

 

Consumer and commercial retail deposits are attracted primarily by the Bank’s eighteen full service office locations. The Bank offers a broad selection of deposit products and continually evaluates its interest rates and fees on deposit products. The Bank regularly reviews competing financial institutions interest rates, especially when establishing interest rates on certificates of deposit.

 

Deposits increased by $81,241,000, or 13.3% for the year ending December 31, 2013. This increase compares favorably to a deposit decrease of $15,515,000, or 2.5% in 2012. In 2013, the Bank experienced an $8,738,000 or 11.4% increase in non-interest bearing deposits and a $72,503,000 increase in interest bearing deposits. The overall increase in deposits in 2013 of $81,241,000 was due in large part to the attraction of several municipal accounts in 2013. The overall drop in deposits in 2012 of $15,515,000 was due in large part to the loss of one significant depositor.

 

34
 

 

Total borrowings were $108,662,000 as of December 31, 2013, compared to $99,589,000 on December 31, 2012. During 2013, long-term borrowings decreased from $44,520,000 to $40,429,000. The decrease in long-term borrowings resulted from the maturity of one individual term note with FHLB and the early prepayment of an additional borrowing at FHLB. The prepayment of one note was part of a program in which investments were sold at a gain and long-term debt was repaid with a penalty. The purpose of the program was to increase net interest income, improve leverage ratios and decrease sensitivity to rising interest rates. Long-term borrowings are typically FHLB term borrowings with a maturity of one year or more. In connection with FHLB borrowings, Federal Discount Window, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Corporation maintains certain eligible assets as collateral.

 

Short-term borrowings were used to offset repayments of maturing long-term debt. Short-term debt increased from $55,069,000 in 2012 to $68,233,000 and was used to support the higher levels of loans and investments at year-end. Short-term borrowings are comprised of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Discount Window and short-term borrowings from FHLB. Short-term borrowings from FHLB are commonly used to offset seasonal fluctuations in deposits.

 

CAPITAL STRENGTH

 

Normal increases in capital are generated by net income, less cash dividends paid out. Also, the net unrealized gains or losses on investment securities available-for-sale, net of taxes, referred to as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), may increase or decrease total equity capital. The total net decrease in capital was $6,979,000 in 2013 after an increase of $10,238,000 in 2012. The decrease in equity capital in 2013 was related to a significant decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) due to market fluctuations. Approximately 46.6% of the increase in equity capital in 2012 related to an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) due to market fluctuations. The accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) amounted to $(54,000) in 2013 and $12,528,000 in 2012.

 

The Corporation had 235,149 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2013, and 237,183 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2012, at a cost of $5,823,000 and $5,890,000, respectively, as treasury stock. Beginning in June 2012, the Corporation began issuing treasury stock for new shares purchased by participants in the Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Program (“DRIP”). Prior to that, shares needed to fill purchase orders through the DRIP were acquired on the open market. This change was made to reduce the volatility in stock price, which occurred because of large quarterly purchases and to augment capital formation.

 

Return on average equity (“ROE”) is computed by dividing net income by average stockholders’ equity. This ratio was 10.12% for 2013, 10.19% for 2012, and 11.57% for 2011. Refer to Performance Ratios on page 20 — Selected Financial Data for a more expanded listing of the ROE.

 

Adequate capitalization of banks and bank holding companies is required and monitored by regulatory authorities. Table 11 reflects risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio for the Corporation and Bank. The Corporation’s leverage ratio was 8.87% at December 31, 2013 and 8.97% at December 31, 2012.

 

The Corporation has consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios at or above the “well capitalized” standards. For additional information on capital ratios, see Note 16 — Regulatory Matters on page 74. As Table 11 indicates, the risk-based capital ratios for the Corporation increased over the prior year, while the Bank’s ratios decreased over the prior year. The risk-based capital calculation assigns various levels of risk to different categories of bank assets, requiring higher levels of capital for assets with more risk. Also measured in the risk-based capital ratio is credit risk exposure associated with off-balance sheet contracts and commitments.

 

Table 11 — Capital Ratios

    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    Corporation     Bank     Corporation     Bank  
Risk-Based Capital:                                
Tier I risk-based capital ratio     13.68 %     13.19 %     13.33 %     13.71 %
Total risk-based capital ratio (Tier 1 and Tier 2)     14.92 %     14.36 %     14.46 %     14.78 %
Leverage Ratio:                                
Tier I capital to average assets     8.87 %     8.56 %     8.97 %     9.25 %

 

35
 

 

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

 

Effective liquidity management ensures that the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, as well as the operating cash needs of the Corporation, are met.

 

Liquidity is needed to provide the funding requirements of depositor’s withdrawals, loan growth, and other operational needs. Asset liquidity is provided by investment securities maturing in one year or less, other short-term investments, federal funds sold, and cash and due from banks. At year-end 2013, cash and due from banks decreased to $8,257,000 from $10,038,000. The liquidity is augmented by repayment of loans and cash flows from the mortgage backed securities.

 

Liability liquidity is accomplished by maintaining a core deposit base, acquired by attracting new deposits and retaining maturing deposits. Also, short-term borrowings provide funds to meet liquidity needs.

 

Management believes its current liquidity position is satisfactory given the fact that the Corporation has a very stable core deposit base which has increased annually. Secondly, the Corporation’s loan payments and principal paydowns on its mortgage-backed securities provide a steady source of funds. Also, short-term investments and maturing investments represent additional sources of liquidity.

 

Finally, the Corporation’s subsidiary bank does have access to funds on a short-term basis from the Federal Discount Window. Also, Fed Funds can be purchased by means of a borrowing line at the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank. The Corporation has indirect access to the capital markets through its membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank. Advances on borrowings, both short-term and long-term, are available to help address any liquidity needs.

 

Table 12 represents scheduled maturities of the Corporation’s contractual obligations by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Table 12 — Contractual Obligations

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Less than     1 - 3     3 -5     Over        
December 31, 2013   1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years     Total  
                               
Time deposits   $ 148,849     $ 49,788     $ 28,698     $ 4,563     $ 231,898  
Interest expense on time deposits     2,200       1,673       539       153       4,565  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase     16,261       0       0       0       16,261  
FHLB borrowings     56,972       5,000       18,000       12,000       91,972  
Interest expense on FHLB borrowings     1,004       1,747       1,306       1,184       5,241  
Commitments to grant loans 1     12,398       0       0       0       12,398  
Commitments to fund loans for secondary market mortgages 1     325       0       0       0       325  
Unfunded commitments on lines of credit 1     46,658       4,683       0       0       51,341  
Financial standby letters of credit 1     418       0       0       0       418  
Performance standby letters of credit 1     4,449       0       0       0       4,449  
Commitments to purchase investment securities     2,946       0       0       0       2,946  
Operating lease obligations     104       135       118       2,707       3,064  
Capital lease obligations     132       264       108       0       504  
    $ 292,716     $ 63,290     $ 48,769     $ 20,607     $ 425,382  

_________________________________

1 The Corporation does not expect all of the commitments and letters of credit to be fully funded. The total commitments amount related to these contractual obligations does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

36
 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Less than     1 - 3     3 -5     Over        
December 31, 2012   1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years     Total  
                               
Time deposits   $ 144,283     $ 73,785     $ 29,695     $ 0     $ 247,763  
Interest expense on time deposits     2,809       2,050       454       0       5,313  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase     17,059       0       0       0       17,059  
FHLB borrowings     45,010       12,000       5,000       20,000       82,010  
Interest expense on FHLB borrowings     1,378       1,773       1,285       1,618       6,054  
Commitments to grant loans 1     11,242       0       0       0       11,242  
Commitments to fund loans for secondary market mortgages 1     2,828       0       0       0       2,828  
Unfunded commitments on lines of credit 1     46,110       3,473       0       0       49,583  
Financial standby letters of credit 1     720       0       0       0       720  
Performance standby letters of credit 1     3,714       0       0       0       3,714  
Purchase and building commitments     840       0       0       0       840  
Operating lease obligations     142       186       112       2,766       3,206  
Capital lease obligations     132       264       240       0       636  
    $ 276,267     $ 93,531     $ 36,786     $ 24,384     $ 430,968  

_________________________________

1 The Corporation does not expect all of the commitments and letters of credit to be fully funded. The total commitments amount related to these contractual obligations does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

MARKET RISK

 

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates and equity prices. The Corporation’s market risk is composed primarily of interest rate risk. The Corporation’s interest rate risk results from timing differences in the repricing of assets, liabilities, off-balance sheet instruments, and changes in relationships between rate indices and the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options.

 

Increases in the level of interest rates also may adversely affect the fair value of the Corporation’s securities and other earning assets. Generally, the fair value of fixed-rate instruments fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. As a result, increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the fair value of the Corporation’s interest-earning assets, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations if sold, or, in the case of interest earning assets classified as available-for-sale, the Corporation’s stockholders’ equity, if retained. Under FASB ASC 320-10, Investment Debt and Equity Securities , changes in the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, on securities classified as available-for-sale are reflected in the Corporation’s stockholders’ equity. The Corporation does not own any trading assets.

 

Asset/Liability Management

 

The principal objective of asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of the net interest margin to potential movements in interest rates and to enhance profitability through returns from managed levels of interest rate risk. The Corporation actively manages the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities. Table 13 presents an interest sensitivity analysis of assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013. Several techniques are used for measuring interest rate sensitivity. Interest rate risk arises from the mismatches in the repricing of assets and liabilities within a given time period, referred to as a rate sensitivity gap. If more assets than liabilities mature or reprice within the time frame, the Corporation is asset sensitive. This position would contribute positively to net interest income in a rising rate environment. Conversely, if more liabilities mature or reprice, the Corporation is liability sensitive. This position would contribute positively to net interest income in a falling rate environment.

 

Limitations of interest rate sensitivity gap analysis as illustrated in Table 13 include: a) assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the same period may not, in fact, reprice at the same time or to the same extent; b) changes in market interest rates do not affect all assets and liabilities to the same extent or at the same time, and c) interest rate sensitivity gaps reflect the Corporation’s position on a single day (December 31, 2013 in the case of the following schedule) while the Corporation continually adjusts its interest sensitivity throughout the year. The Corporation’s cumulative gap at one year indicates the Corporation is liability sensitive.

 

37
 

 

Table 13 — Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    December 31, 2013  
    One     1 - 5     Beyond     Not Rate        
    Year     Years     5 Years     Sensitive     Total  
                               
Assets   $ 157,940     $ 371,295     $ 262,985     $ 109,345     $ 901,565  
                                         
Liabilities/Stockholders’ Equity     259,805       398,172       143,167       100,421       901,565  
                                         
Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap   $ (101,865 )   $ (26,877 )   $ 119,818     $ 8,924          
                                         
Cumulative Gap   $ (101,865 )   $ (128,742 )   $ (8,924 )                

 

Earnings at Risk

 

The Bank’s Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position and establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk. The guidelines established by ALCO are reviewed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The Corporation recognizes that more sophisticated tools exist for measuring the interest rate risk in the balance sheet beyond interest rate sensitivity gap. Although the Corporation continues to measure its interest rate sensitivity gap, the Corporation utilizes additional modeling for interest rate risk in the overall balance sheet. Earnings at risk and economic values at risk are analyzed.

 

Earnings simulation modeling addresses earnings at risk and net present value estimation addresses economic value at risk. While each of these interest rate risk measurements has limitations, taken together they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk to the Corporation.

 

Earnings Simulation Modeling

 

The Corporation’s net income is affected by changes in the level of interest rates. Net income is also subject to changes in the shape of the yield curve. For example, a flattening of the yield curve would result in a decline in earnings due to the compression of earning asset yields and increased liability rates, while a steepening would result in increased earnings as earning asset yields widen.

 

Earnings simulation modeling is the primary mechanism used in assessing the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. The model reflects management’s assumptions related to asset yields and rates paid on liabilities, deposit sensitivity, size and composition of the balance sheet. The assumptions are based on what management believes at that time to be the most likely interest rate environment. Earnings at risk is the change in net interest income from a base case scenario under various scenarios of rate shock increases and decreases in the interest rate earnings simulation model.

 

Table 14 presents an analysis of the changes in net interest income and net present value of the balance sheet resulting from various increases or decreases in the level of interest rates, such as two percentage points (200 basis points) in the level of interest rates. The calculated estimates of change in net interest income and net present value of the balance sheet are compared to current limits approved by ALCO and the Board of Directors. The earnings simulation model projects net interest income would decrease 6.0%, 12.5% and 19.5% in the 100, 200 and 300 basis point increasing rate scenarios presented. In addition, the earnings simulation model projects net interest income would decrease 2.5% and 7.7% in the 100 and 200 basis point decreasing rate scenarios presented. All of these forecasts are within the Corporation’s one year policy guidelines.

 

The analysis and model used to quantify the sensitivity of net interest income becomes less reliable in a decreasing rate scenario given the current unprecedented low interest rate environment with federal funds trading in the 0 – 25 basis point range. Results of the decreasing basis point declining scenarios are affected by the fact that many of the Corporation’s interest-bearing liabilities are at rates below 1% and therefore cannot decline 100 or more basis points. However, the Corporation’s interest-sensitive assets are able to decline by these amounts. For the years 2013 and 2012, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities averaged 0.77% and 1.04%, respectively, and the yield on average interest-earning assets, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, averaged 4.36% and 5.03%, respectively.

 

38
 

 

Net Present Value Estimation

 

The net present value measures economic value at risk and is used for helping to determine levels of risk at a point in time present in the balance sheet that might not be taken into account in the earnings simulation model. The net present value of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of liability cash flows. At year-end 2013, the 100 and 200 basis point immediate decreases in rates are estimated to affect net present value with zero effect and a decrease of 4.0%, respectively. Additionally, net present value is projected to decrease 10.0%, 25.0%, and 43.5% in the 100, 200 and 300 basis point immediate increase scenarios, respectively. All scenarios presented are below the Corporation’s policy limits, with an exception in the 300 basis point immediate increase scenario which exceeds the policy of ‒40.0% by 3.5%.

 

The computation of the effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on many assumptions. They should not be relied upon solely as being indicative of actual results, since the computations do not contemplate actions management could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.

 


Table 14 — Effect of Change in Interest Rates

 

    Projected Change  
Effect on Net Interest Income        
1-Year Net Income Simulation Projection        
+300 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (19.5 )%
+200 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (12.5 )%
+100 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (6.0 )%
Flat rate     0.0 %
‒100 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (2.5 )%
‒200 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (7.7 )%
         
Effect on Net Present Value of Balance Sheet        
Static Net Present Value Change        
+300 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (43.5 )%
+200 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (25.0 )%
+100 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (10.0 )%
Flat rate     0.0 %
‒100 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     0.0 %
‒200 bp Shock vs. Stable Rate     (4.0 )%

 

Table 15 — Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share)

    Three Months Ended  
2013   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 7,844     $ 7,824     $ 7,668     $ 7,625  
Interest expense     1,246       1,229       1,247       1,232  
Net interest income     6,598       6,595       6,421       6,393  
Provision for loan losses     400       200       133       639  
Non-interest income     1,522       3,765       1,397       1,191  
Non-interest expense     4,727       5,277       4,919       4,923  
Income before income tax expense     2,993       4,883       2,766       2,022  
Income tax expense     467       1,011       611       302  
Net income   $ 2,526     $ 3,872     $ 2,155     $ 1,720  
                                 
Per share   $ .47     $ .70     $ .39     $ .31  

  

39
 

 

    Three Months Ended  
2012   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Interest income   $ 8,927     $ 8,841     $ 8,522     $ 8,646  
Interest expense     1,907       1,715       1,476       1,416  
Net interest income     7,020       7,126       7,046       7,230  
Provision for loan losses     400       400       400       400  
Non-interest income     1,204       2,193       1,886       650  
Non-interest expense     4,585       5,807       5,176       4,830  
Income before income tax expense     3,239       3,112       3,356       2,650  
Income tax expense     583       534       592       478  
Net income   $ 2,656     $ 2,578     $ 2,764     $ 2,172  
                                 
Per share   $ .49     $ .47     $ .51     $ .39  

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The Corporation has chosen accounting policies that it believes are appropriate to accurately and fairly report its operating results and financial position, and the Corporation applies those accounting policies in a consistent manner.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that the Corporation make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Corporation evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and may retain outside consultants, lawyers and actuaries to assist in its evaluation. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments.

 

The Corporation believes the following accounting policies are the most critical because they involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Please refer to the discussion of the allowance for loan losses calculation under “Non-Performing Assets” and the “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Financial Condition” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Please refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for “Income Taxes” and “Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Premium Discounts”. Please refer to Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the discussion on estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities. Please refer to Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for “Commitments and Contingencies”. Please refer to Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for “Fair Value Measurements”.

 

ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Information with respect to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included in the information under Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Item 7 hereof. 

 

40
 

 

ITEM 8.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. First Keystone Corporation’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 14, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

  /s/ J. H. Williams & Co., LLP
  J. H. Williams & Co., LLP

 

Kingston, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2014

 

41
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)   December 31,  
    2013     2012  
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 8,257     $ 10,038  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     22,366       10,882  
Total cash and cash equivalents     30,623       20,920  
Investment securities available-for-sale     353,698       296,312  
Investment securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value 2013 - $1,083; 2012 - $2,599)     1,072       2,561  
Restricted securities at cost - available-for-sale     4,761       4,883  
Loans, net of unearned income     446,518       432,896  
Allowance for loan losses     (6,519 )     (5,772 )
Net loans     439,999       427,124  
Premises and equipment, net     21,516       19,363  
Accrued interest receivable     3,616       4,060  
Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     20,556       19,869  
Investments in real estate ventures     1,289       1,480  
Goodwill     19,133       19,133  
Core deposit intangible, net     395       668  
Prepaid FDIC insurance     0       1,002  
Foreclosed assets held for resale     480       468  
Deferred income taxes     2,131       5  
Other assets     2,296       2,118  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 901,565     $ 819,966  
                 
LIABILITIES                
Deposits:                
Non-interest bearing   $ 85,156     $ 76,418  
Interest bearing     604,919       532,416  
Total deposits     690,075       608,834  
Short-term borrowings     68,233       55,069  
Long-term borrowings     40,429       44,520  
Accrued interest and other expenses     3,012       2,902  
Deferred income taxes     51       4,612  
Other liabilities     3,414       699  
TOTAL LIABILITIES   $ 805,214     $ 716,636  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Preferred stock, par value $2.00 per share; authorized 1,000,000 shares in 2013 and 2012; issued 0 in 2013 and 2012   $ 0     $ 0  
Common stock, par value $2.00 per share; authorized 20,000,000 shares in 2013 and 2012; issued 5,756,474 in 2013 and 5,717,400 in 2012     11,513       11,435  
Surplus     31,626       30,725  
Retained earnings     59,089       54,532  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (54 )     12,528  
Treasury stock, at cost, 235,149 shares in 2013 and 237,183 shares in 2012     (5,823 )     (5,890 )
                 
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     96,351       103,330  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 901,565     $ 819,966  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

42
 

 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)   Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
INTEREST INCOME                        
Interest and fees on loans   $ 20,471     $ 22,599     $ 23,369  
Interest and dividend income on investment securities:                        
Taxable     6,843       7,956       9,729  
Tax-exempt     3,533       4,308       3,865  
Dividends     96       72       60  
Interest on deposits in banks     18       1       4  
Interest on federal funds sold     0       0       1  
Total interest income   $ 30,961     $ 34,936     $ 37,028  
                         
INTEREST EXPENSE                        
Interest on deposits   $ 3,623     $ 4,556     $ 6,718  
Interest on short-term borrowings     105       118       164  
Interest on long-term borrowings     1,226       1,840       2,523  
Total interest expense     4,954       6,514       9,405  
                         
Net interest income     26,007       28,422       27,623  
Provision for loan losses     1,372       1,600       1,900  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses   $ 24,635     $ 26,822     $ 25,723  
                         
NON-INTEREST INCOME                        
Trust department   $ 841     $ 746     $ 585  
Service charges and fees     1,402       1,205       1,305  
Bank owned life insurance income     687       724       757  
ATM fees and debit card income     1,000       977       918  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans     618       1,016       368  
Investment securities gains (losses) - net     2,900       813       111  
Other     427       452       387  
Total non-interest income   $ 7,875     $ 5,933     $ 4,431  
                         
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE                        
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 10,929     $ 10,413     $ 9,480  
Occupancy, net     1,523       1,405       1,364  
Furniture and equipment     641       586       439  
Computer expense     1,062       1,063       997  
Professional services     534       607       617  
State shares tax     782       762       731  
FDIC insurance     422       486       634  
ATM and debit card fees     529       469       377  
FHLB prepayment penalties     345       811       0  
Other     3,079       3,796       3,056  
Total non-interest expense   $ 19,846     $ 20,398     $ 17,695  
                         
Income before income tax expense   $ 12,664     $ 12,357     $ 12,459  
Income tax expense     2,391       2,187       2,552  
NET INCOME   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907  
                         
PER SHARE DATA                        
Net income per share:                        
Basic   $ 1.87     $ 1.86     $ 1.82  
Diluted     1.87       1.86       1.82  
Cash dividends per share     1.04       1.01       .97  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

43
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
                   
Net Income   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907  
                         
Other comprehensive income (losses):                        
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale  investment securities arising during the period, net of income taxes of $(5,439), $2,762 and $4,882, respectively     (10,668 )     5,308       9,463  
                         
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains (losses) included in net income, net of income taxes of $986, $276 and $38, respectively (a) (b)     1,914       537       73  
                         
Total Other Comprehensive Income     (12,582 )     4,771       9,390  
                         
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)   $ (2,309 )   $ 14,941     $ 19,297  

 

 

(a) Amounts are included in Investment securities gains (losses) – net on the Consolidated Statements of Income in non-interest income.

(b) Income tax amounts are included in income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

44
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(Amounts in thousands, except shares)

 

                                  Accumulated              
                      Compre-           Other         Total  
    Common Stock           hensive     Retained     Comprehensive     Treasury   Stockholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Surplus     Income     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Stock   Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2010     5,687,767     $ 11,375     $ 30,175             $ 45,246     $ (1,633 )   $ (6,103 ) $ 79,060  
Comprehensive Income:                                                              
Net Income                           $ 9,907       9,907                     9,907  
Change in net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for- sale, net of reclassification adjustment and tax effects                             9,390               9,390             9,390  
Total comprehensive income                           $ 19,297                                
Issuance of 1,023 shares of treasury stock upon exercise of employee stock options                     (18 )                             34     16  
Cash dividends - $.97 per share                                     (5,281 )                   (5,281)  
Balance at December 31, 2011     5,687,767     $ 11,375     $ 30,157             $ 49,872     $ 7,757     $ (6,069 )  $ 93,092  
                                                               
Comprehensive Income:                                                              
Net Income                           $ 10,170       10,170                     10,170  
Change in net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for- sale, net of reclassification adjustment and tax effects                             4,771               4,771             4,771  
Total comprehensive income                           $ 14,941                                
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plans     29,633       60       662               (424 )                   298  
Issuance of 5,334 shares of treasury stock upon exercise of employee stock options                     (94 )                             179     85  
Cash dividends - $1.01 per share                                     (5,086 )                   (5,086)  
Balance at December 31, 2012     5,717,400     $ 11,435     $ 30,725             $ 54,532     $ 12,528     $ (5,890 )  $ 103,330  
                                                               
Comprehensive Income:                                                              
Net Income                           $ 10,273       10,273                     10,273  
Change in net unrealized (losses) on investment securities available-for- sale, net of reclassification adjustment and tax effects                             (12,582 )             (12,582 )           (12,582)  
Total comprehensive income (loss)                           $ (2,309 )                              
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plans     39,074       78       925               (884 )                   119  
Issuance of 2,034 shares of treasury stock upon exercise of employee stock options                     (24 )                             67     43  
Cash dividends - $1.04 per share                                     (4,832 )                   (4,832)  
Balance at December 31, 2013     5,756,474     $ 11,513     $ 31,626             $ 59,089     $ (54 )   $ (5,823 ) $ 96,351  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

45
 

 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   

(Amounts in thousands)   Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                        
Net income   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                        
Provision for loan losses     1,372       1,600       1,900  
Depreciation and amortization     1,257       942       978  
Premium amortization on investment securities     2,149       1,296       1,077  
Discount accretion on investment securities     (337 )     (845 )     (1,127 )
Core deposit discount amortization net of accretion     273       283       290  
Deferred (benefit) income tax provision     (262 )     (198 )     218  
(Gains) losses on sales of mortgage loans originated for resale     (618 )     (1,016 )     (368 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans originated for resale     26,271       31,748       20,115  
Originations of mortgage loans originated for resale     (25,721 )     (34,783 )     (16,153 )
(Gains) losses on sales of investment securities     (2,900 )     (813 )     (111 )
(Gains) losses on sales of foreclosed real estate held for resale     (70 )     189       69  
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable     444       315       214  
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (687 )     (724 )     (757 )
Losses (gains) on disposals of premises and equipment     147       0       0  
(Increase) decrease in other assets - net     (156 )     (456 )     (105 )
Decrease (increase) in prepaid FDIC insurance     1,002       425       578  
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest and other expenses     (2,836 )     45       (119 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities - net     2,620       (225 )     384  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES   $ 12,221     $ 7,953     $ 16,990  
                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale   $ 79,981     $ 49,235     $ 64,638  
Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of investment securities available-for-sale     43,944       34,686       30,562  
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale     (196,281 )     (43,781 )     (105,752 )
Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of investment securities  held-to-maturity     1,486       34       3,683  
Proceeds from redemptions of restricted securities     4,589       1,542       1,174  
Purchases of restricted securities     (4,467 )     (1,236 )     0  
Net (increase) decrease in loans     (14,528 )     (15,335 )     (11,658 )
Purchases of premises and equipment     (3,356 )     (7,414 )     (1,830 )
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets held for resale     492       936       433  
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES   $ (88,140 )   $ 18,667     $ (18,750 )
                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Net increase (decrease) in deposits   $ 81,241     $ (15,515 )   $ (2,545 )
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings     13,164       24,187       9,905  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings     10,000       10,000       5,000  
Repayment of long-term borrowings     (14,091 )     (29,819 )     (7,061 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     97       269       0  
Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock     43       85       16  
Cash dividends paid     (4,832 )     (5,086 )     (5,281 )
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES   $ 85,622     $ (15,879 )   $ 34  
                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   $ 9,703     $ 10,741     $ (1,726 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING     20,920       10,179       11,905  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING   $ 30,623     $ 20,920     $ 10,179  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

46
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The accounting policies of First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary (the “Corporation”) are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to common practices within the banking industry. The more significant accounting policies follow:

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Keystone Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Keystone Community Bank (the “Bank”). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Nature of Operations

 

The Corporation, headquartered in Berwick, Pennsylvania, provides a full range of banking, trust and related services through its wholly-owned Bank subsidiary and is subject to competition from other financial institutions in connection with these services. The Bank serves a customer base which includes individuals, businesses, governments, and public and institutional customers primarily located in the Northeast Region of Pennsylvania. The Bank has 18 full service offices and 20 Automated Teller Machines (“ATM”) located in Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe counties. The Corporation and its subsidiary must also adhere to certain federal and state banking laws and regulations and are subject to periodic examinations made by various state and federal agencies.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Corporation’s subsidiary acts as an independent community financial services provider, and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual, business, government, and public and institutional customers. Through its branch and ATM network, the Bank offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including the taking of time, savings and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer and mortgage loans; and the providing of other financial services. The Bank also performs personal, corporate, pension and fiduciary services through its Trust Department.

 

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial, retail, trust and mortgage banking operations of the Corporation. Currently, management measures the performance and allocates the resources of the Corporation as a single segment.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of these consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes include the assessment for impairment of certain investment securities, the allowance for loan losses, deferred tax assets and liabilities, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and foreclosed assets held for resale. Assumptions and factors used in the estimates are evaluated on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the previous assumptions and factors have changed. The result of the analysis could result in adjustments to the estimates.

 

47
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Investment Securities

 

The Corporation classifies its investment securities as either “Held-to-Maturity” or “Available-for-Sale” at the time of purchase. Investment securities are accounted for on a trade date basis. Debt securities are classified as Held-to-Maturity when the Corporation has the ability and positive intent to hold the securities to maturity. Investment securities classified as Held-to-Maturity are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount to maturity.

 

Debt securities not classified as Held-to-Maturity and equity securities are included in the Available-for-Sale category and are carried at fair value. The amount of any unrealized gain or loss, net of the effect of deferred income taxes, is reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Management’s decision to sell Available-for-Sale securities is based on changes in economic conditions controlling the sources and applications of funds, terms, availability of and yield of alternative investments, interest rate risk and the need for liquidity.

 

The cost of debt securities classified as Held-to-Maturity or Available-for-Sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to expected maturity. Such amortization and accretion, as well as interest and dividends, are included in interest and dividend income from investment securities. Realized gains and losses are included in net investment securities gains and losses. The cost of investment securities sold, redeemed or matured is based on the specific identification method.

 

Restricted Securities

 

Restricted equity securities consist of stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-Pittsburgh”) and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (“ACBB”). These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value because their ownership is restricted and they can be sold back only to the FHLB-Pittsburgh, ACBB or to another member institution. Therefore, these securities are classified as restricted equity investment securities, carried at cost, and evaluated for impairment. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation held $4,726,000 in stock of FHLB-Pittsburgh and $35,000 in stock of ACBB. At December 31, 2012, the Corporation held $4,848,000 in stock of FHLB-Pittsburgh and $35,000 in stock of ACBB.

 

The Corporation evaluated its holding of restricted stock for impairment and deemed the stock to not be impaired due to the expected recoverability of cost, which equals the value reflected within the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. The decision was based on several items ranging from the estimated true economic losses embedded within FHLB’s mortgage portfolio to the FHLB’s liquidity position and credit rating. The Corporation utilizes the impairment framework outlined in GAAP to evaluate stock for impairment. The following factors were evaluated to determine the ultimate recoverability of the cost of the Corporation’s restricted stock holdings; (i) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted; (ii) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB; (iii) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB; (iv) the liquidity position of the FHLB; and (v) whether a decline is temporary or whether it affects the ultimate recoverability of the FHLB stock based on (a) the materiality of the carrying amount to the member institution and (b) whether an assessment of the institution’s operational needs for the foreseeable future allow management to dispose of the stock. Based on the analysis of these factors, the Corporation determined that its holdings of restricted stock were not impaired at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Loans

 

Loans are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of deferred fees or costs, unearned income and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is recognized as income over the term of each loan, generally, by the accrual method. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs have been deferred with the net amount amortized using the straight line method or the interest method over the contractual life of the related loans as an interest yield adjustment.

 

Residential mortgage loans held for resale are carried at the lower of cost or market on an aggregate basis determined by independent pricing from appropriate federal or state agency investors. These loans are sold without recourse.

 

48
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Past-Due Loans — Generally, a loan is considered to be past-due when scheduled loan payments are in arrears 15 days or more. Delinquent notices are generated automatically when a loan is 15 days past-due. Collection efforts continue on past-due loans that have not been brought current, when it is believed that some chance exists for improvement in the status of the loan. Past-due loans are continually evaluated with the determination for charge-off being made when no reasonable chance remains that the status of the loan can be improved.

 

Charge-Offs Commercial real estate loans are charged off in whole or in part when they become sufficiently delinquent based upon the terms of the underlying loan contract and when a collateral deficiency exists. Because all or part of the contractual cash flows are not expected to be collected, the loan is considered to be impaired, and the Bank estimates the impairment based on its analysis of the cash flows and collateral estimated at fair value less cost to sell.

 

Consumer loans are charged off when they become non-performing assets, or when the value of the underlying collateral is not sufficient to support the loan balance and a loss is expected. At that time, the amount of estimated collateral deficiency, if any, is charged off for loans secured by collateral, and all other loans are charged off in full. Loans in which the borrower is in bankruptcy are considered on a case by case basis and are either charged off by the Bank or reaffirmed by the borrower. Loans with collateral are charged down to the estimated fair value of the collateral less cost to sell.

 

Non-Accrual Loans — Generally, a loan is classified as non-accrual and the accrual of interest on such a loan is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan currently is performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against interest income. Certain non-accrual loans may continue to perform, that is, payments are still being received. Generally, the payments are applied to principal. These loans remain under constant scrutiny and if performance continues, interest income may be recorded on a cash basis based on management's judgment as to collectability of principal.

 

Impaired Loans — A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Under current accounting standards, the allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans is based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent loans. The recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as for non-accrual loans discussed above.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) — The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” if both the following conditions are met: (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and (ii) the Bank has granted a concession. The most common concessions granted include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt, such as (a) a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, (b) an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, (c) a temporary period of interest-only payments, and (d) a reduction in the contractual payment amount for either a short period or remaining term of the loan. A less common concession is the forgiveness of a portion of the principal.

 

The determination of whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties takes into account not only the current financial condition of the borrower, but also the potential financial condition of the borrower were a concession not granted. Similarly, the determination of whether a concession has been granted is very subjective in nature. For example, simply extending the term of a loan at its original interest rate or even at a higher interest rate could be interpreted as a concession unless the borrower could readily obtain similar credit terms from a different lender.

 

Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring may or may not be placed on non-accrual status until the Bank determines the future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrates a period of performance according to the restructured terms of six months.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

49
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level estimated by management to be adequate to absorb potential loan losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on the Corporation’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payments), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change.

 

In addition, the Corporation is subject to periodic examination by its federal and state examiners, and may be required by such regulators to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their assessment of credit information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

In addition, an allowance is provided for possible credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. This allowance is estimated by management and if deemed necessary, the allowance would be classified in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, an allowance for possible credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures was not recorded.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. Select loans are not aggregated for collective impairment evaluation, as such; all loans are subject to individual impairment evaluation should the facts and circumstances pertinent to a particular loan suggest that such evaluation is necessary. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from collateral. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Corporation determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

 

The general component covers all other loans not identified as impaired and is based on historical losses adjusted for current factors. The historical loss component of the allowance is determined by losses recognized by portfolio segment over the preceding two years. In calculating the historical component of our allowance, we aggregate loans into one of four portfolio segments: Commercial and Industrial, Commercial real estate, Residential real estate and Consumer. Risk factors impacting loans in each of the portfolio segments include broad deterioration of property values, reduced consumer and business spending as a result of continued high unemployment and reduced credit availability and lack of confidence in a sustainable recovery. Actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the concentration of special mention, substandard and doubtful loans as a percentage of total loans, levels of loan concentration within the portfolio segment or division of a portfolio segment, broad economic conditions, delinquency trends, volume trends and terms, and policy and management changes.

 

50
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises, improvements, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed principally utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recovered. Maintenance and minor repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The cost and accumulated depreciation of the premises and equipment retired or sold are eliminated from the property accounts at the time of retirement or sale, and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in current operations.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The Corporation originates and sells real estate loans to investors in the secondary mortgage market. After the sale, the Corporation may retain the right to service these loans. When originated mortgage loans are sold and servicing is retained, a servicing asset is capitalized based on relative fair value at the date of sale. Servicing assets are amortized as an offset to other fees in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. The unamortized cost is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment based on their relative fair value.

 

Foreclosed Assets Held for Resale

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value on the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and if fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. The real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Revenues derived from and costs to maintain the assets and subsequent gains and losses on sales are included in non-interest income and expense on the consolidated statements of income. The total of foreclosed real estate properties amounted to $480,000 at December 31, 2013 and $468,000 at December 31, 2012.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

The Corporation invests in Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) with split dollar life provisions. Purchase of BOLI provides life insurance coverage on certain employees with the Corporation being owner and beneficiary of the policies.

 

Investments in Real Estate Ventures

 

The Bank is a limited partner in real estate ventures that own and operate affordable residential low-income housing apartment buildings for elderly and mentally challenged adult residents. The investments are accounted for under the effective yield method. Under the effective yield method, the Bank recognizes tax credits as they are allocated and amortizes the initial cost of the investment to provide a constant effective yield over the period that the tax credits are allocated to the Bank. Under this method, the tax credits allocated, net of any amortization of the investment in the limited partnerships, are recognized in the consolidated statements of income as a component of income tax expense. The amount of tax credits allocated to the Bank were $267,000 in 2013, $277,000 in 2012, and $160,000 in 2011, and the amortization of the investments in the limited partnerships were $191,000, $183,000 and $116,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes is based on the results of operations, adjusted primarily for tax-exempt income. Certain items of income and expense are reported in different periods for financial reporting and tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities measured by using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the timing differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax expense or benefit is based on the difference between deferred tax asset or liability from period to period.

 

51
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

In assessing the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

The Corporation and the Bank are subject to U.S. federal income tax and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania tax. The Corporation is no longer subject to examination by Federal or State taxing authorities for the years before 2010. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Corporation did not have any unrecognized tax benefits. The Corporation does not expect the amount of any unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months. The Corporation recognizes interest related to income tax matters as interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as non-interest expense. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Corporation does not have any amounts accrued for interest and/or penalties.

 

Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets, and Premium Discount

 

Goodwill resulted from the acquisition of the Pocono Community Bank in November 2007 and of certain fixed and operating assets acquired and deposit liabilities assumed of the branch of another financial institution in Danville, Pennsylvania, in January 2004. Such goodwill represents the excess cost of the acquired assets relative to the assets fair value at the dates of acquisition. During the first quarter of 2008, $152,000 of liabilities related to the Pocono acquisition were recorded as a purchase accounting adjustment resulting in an increase in the excess purchase price. The amount was comprised of the finalization of severance agreements and contract terminations related to the acquisition. In accordance with current accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized. Management performs an annual evaluation for impairment. Any impairment of goodwill results in a charge to income. The Corporation periodically assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets may be impaired. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level and an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The Corporation has evaluated the goodwill included in its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013, and has determined there was no impairment as of that date. No assurance can be given that future impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

Intangible assets are comprised of core deposit intangibles and premium discount (negative premium) on certificates of deposit acquired. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over the average life of the deposits acquired as determined by an independent third party. Premium discount (negative premium) on acquired certificates of deposit resulted from the valuation of certificate of deposit accounts by an independent third party. The book value of certificates of deposit acquired was greater than their fair value at the date of acquisition which resulted in a negative premium due to higher cost of the certificates of deposit compared to the cost of similar term financing. The Corporation has evaluated the core deposit intangible included in its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and has determined there was no impairment as of that date. No assurance can be given that future impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Corporation adopted a stock option incentive plan in 1998. Compensation cost is recognized for stock options to employees based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period. The Plan expired in 2008, and therefore, no stock options are available for issuance. After adjustments for the effects of stock dividends, options exercised and options forfeited, there remains 4,823 exercisable options issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

 

52
 

 

 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Per Share Data

 

FASB ASC 260-10, Earnings Per Share, requires dual presentation of basic and fully diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of each period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by increasing the denominator for the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities. The Corporation’s dilutive securities are limited to stock options. The most recent options issued were in December 2007.

 

Per share data has been adjusted retroactively for stock splits and stock dividends. The reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2013  
        Weighted Average        
    Net Income     Number of Shares     Per Share  
    Numerators     Denominators     Amount  
                   
Net income   $ 10,273                  
Basic earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 10,273       5,481     $ 1.87  
Effect of dilutive securities:                        
Stock options             5          
Diluted earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 10,273       5,486     $ 1.87  

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2012  
        Weighted Average        
    Net Income     Number of Shares     Per Share  
    Numerators     Denominators     Amount  
                   
Net income   $ 10,170                  
Basic earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 10,170       5,455     $ 1.86  
Effect of dilutive securities:                        
Stock options             12          
Diluted earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 10,170       5,467     $ 1.86  

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2011  
          Weighted Average        
    Net Income     Number of Shares     Per Share  
    Numerators     Denominators     Amount  
                   
Net income   $ 9,907                  
Basic earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 9,907       5,445     $ 1.82  
Effect of dilutive securities:                        
Stock options             11          
Diluted earnings per share:                        
Income available to common stockholders   $ 9,907       5,456     $ 1.82  

 

53
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Cash Flow Information

 

For purposes of reporting consolidated cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold. The Corporation considers cash classified as interest-bearing deposits with other banks as a cash equivalent since they are represented by cash accounts essentially on a demand basis. Federal funds are also included as a cash equivalent because they are generally purchased and sold for one-day periods.

 

Treasury Stock

 

The purchase of the Corporation’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a first-in-first-out basis.

 

Trust Assets and Income

 

Property held by the Corporation in a fiduciary or agency capacity for its customers is not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since such items are not assets of the Corporation. Trust Department income is generally recognized on a cash basis and is not materially different than if it were reported on an accrual basis.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The Corporation is required to present accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements for all periods presented. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net unrealized holding gains (losses) on the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio. The Corporation has elected to report these effects on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

 

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ) impacting FASB ASC 220, Comprehensive Income . This update requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). An entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about these amounts. This update became effective for the Corporation for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Advertising Costs

 

It is the Corporation’s policy to expense advertising costs in the period in which they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $441,000, $336,000 and $299,000, respectively.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform with presentations used in the 2013 consolidated financial statements. Such reclassifications have no effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or net income.

 

54
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 2 RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES

 

The Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances as established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those reserve balances for the reserve computation period which included December 31, 2013, was $1,296,000, which was satisfied through the restriction of vault cash. In addition, the Bank maintains a clearing balance at the Federal Reserve Bank to offset daily cash management activities and specific charges for services. At December 31, 2013, the amount of this balance was $22,358,000.

 

NOTE 3 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The amortized cost, related estimated fair value, and unrealized gains and losses for investment securities classified as “Available-For-Sale” or “Held-to-Maturity” were as follows at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

    Available-for-Sale Securities  
(Amounts in thousands)       Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2013:   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgage-backed   $ 121,209     $ 598     $ (2,031 )   $ 119,776  
Other     33,559       238       (64 )     33,733  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     147,112       4,136       (2,859 )     148,389  
Corporate securities     50,266       416       (1,417 )     49,265  
Marketable equity securities     1,533       1,004       (2 )     2,535  
Restricted equity securities     4,761       0       0       4,761  
Total   $ 358,440     $ 6,392     $ (6,373 )   $ 358,459  

 

    Held-to-Maturity Securities  
(Amounts in thousands)       Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2013:   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgage-backed   $ 72     $ 3     $ 0     $ 75  
Other     1,000       8       0       1,008  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     0       0       0       0  
Total   $ 1,072     $ 11     $ 0     $ 1,083  

 

    Available-for-Sale Securities  
(Amounts in thousands)       Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2012:   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgage-backed   $ 41,946     $ 2,090     $ (193 )   $ 43,843  
Other     29,076       159       (203 )     29,032  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     160,829       16,163       (39 )     176,953  
Corporate securities     43,902       673       (68 )     44,507  
Marketable equity securities     1,533       454       (10 )     1,977  
Restricted equity securities     4,883       0       0       4,883  
Total   $ 282,169     $ 19,539     $ (513 )   $ 301,195  

 

55
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

    Held-to-Maturity Securities  
(Amounts in thousands)       Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2012:   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgage-backed   $ 88     $ 4     $ 0     $ 92  
Other     2,006       24       0       2,030  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     467       10       0       477  
Total   $ 2,561     $ 38     $ 0     $ 2,599  

 

Securities Available-for-Sale with an aggregate fair value of $242,839,000 at December 31, 2013 and $165,810,000 at December 31, 2012, and securities Held-to-Maturity with an aggregate book value of $1,072,000 at December 31, 2013 and $1,094,000 at December 31, 2012, were pledged to secure public funds, trust funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances and other balances of $178,814,000 at December 31, 2013 and $94,101,000 at December 31, 2012 as required by law.

 

The amortized cost, estimated fair value and weighted average yield of debt securities, by contractual maturity, are shown below at December 31, 2013. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

(Amounts in thousands)      
    December 31, 2013  
    U.S. Government     Obligations                    
    Corporations &     of State     Marketable     Restricted        
    Agencies     & Political     Equity     Equity     Corporate  
    Obligations 1     Subdivisions 2     Securities 3     Securities 3     Securities  
Available-For-Sale:                                        
Within 1 Year:                                        
Amortized cost   $ 4,516     $ 246     $ 0     $ 0     $ 10,574  
Estimated fair value     4,541       248       0       0       10,629  
Weighted average yield     0.96 %     5.10 %     0       0       1.77 %
1 - 5 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     3,580       9,364       0       0       14,784  
Estimated fair value     3,609       9,706       0       0       15,038  
Weighted average yield     0.91 %     3.99 %     0       0       2.52 %
5 - 10 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     39,458       47,511       0       0       24,908  
Estimated fair value     39,492       45,877       0       0       23,598  
Weighted average yield     2.10 %     3.48 %     0       0       3.07 %
After 10 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     107,214       89,991       1,533       4,761       0  
Estimated fair value     105,867       92,558       2,535       4,761       0  
Weighted average yield     2.17 %     6.08 %     4.01 %     0.85 %     0  
Total:                                        
Amortized cost   $ 154,768     $ 147,112     $ 1,533     $ 4,761     $ 50,266  
Estimated fair value     153,509       148,389       2,535       4,761       49,265  
Weighted average yield     2.09 %     5.11 %     4.01 %     0.85 %     2.64 %

 

 

1 Mortgage-backed securities are allocated for maturity reporting at their original maturity date.

2 Average yields on tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 34% tax rate.

3 Marketable equity securities and restricted equity securities are not considered to have defined maturities and are included in the after ten year category.

 

56
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands)                              
    December 31, 2013  
    U.S. Government     Obligations                    
    Corporations &     of State     Marketable     Restricted        
    Agencies     & Political     Equity     Equity     Corporate  
    Obligations 1     Subdivisions 2     Securities 3     Securities 3     Securities  
Held-to-Maturity:                                        
Within 1 Year:                                        
Amortized cost   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Estimated fair value     0       0       0       0       0  
Weighted average yield     0       0       0       0       0  
1 - 5 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     1,072       0       0       0       0  
Estimated fair value     1,083       0       0       0       0  
Weighted average yield     0.86 %     0       0       0       0  
5 - 10 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     0       0       0       0       0  
Estimated fair value     0       0       0       0       0  
Weighted average yield     0       0       0       0       0  
After 10 Years:                                        
Amortized cost     0       0       0       0       0  
Estimated fair value     0       0       0       0       0  
Weighted average yield     0       0       0       0       0  
Total:                                        
Amortized cost   $ 1,072     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Estimated fair value     1,083       0       0       0       0  
Weighted average yield     0.86 %     0       0       0       0  

 

 

1 Mortgage-backed securities are allocated for maturity reporting at their original maturity date.

2 Average yields on tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 34% tax rate.

3 Marketable equity securities and restricted equity securities are not considered to have defined maturities and are included in the after ten year category.

 

There were no aggregate investments with a single issuer (excluding the U.S. Government and its agencies) which exceeded ten percent of consolidated stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2013. The quality rating of the obligations of state and political subdivisions are generally investment grade, as rated by Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s or Fitch. The typical exceptions are local issues which are not rated, but are secured by the full faith and credit obligations of the communities that issued these securities. The state and political subdivision investments are actively traded in a liquid market.

 

Proceeds from the sales of investments in Available-for-Sale debt, restricted and equity securities during 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $84,570,000, $50,777,000 and $65,812,000, respectively. Gross gains realized on these sales were $3,546,000, $1,762,000 and $1,143,000, respectively. Gross losses on these sales were $646,000, $949,000 and $1,032,000, respectively. There were no impairment losses in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

There were no proceeds from sales of investments in Held-to-Maturity debt and equity securities during 2013, 2012 and 2011. There were no gains or losses realized on Held-to-Maturity debt and equity securities during these periods.

 

57
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC 320, Investments - Debt and Equity Securities . In determining OTTI under the FASB ASC 320 model, management considers many factors, including (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

When other-than-temporary impairment occurs, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the other factors shall be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

 

The fair market value of the equity securities tends to fluctuate with the overall equity markets as well as the trends specific to each institution. The equity securities portfolio is reviewed in a similar manner as that of the debt securities with greater emphasis placed on the length of time the market value has been less than the carrying value and the financial sector outlook. The Corporation also reviews dividend payment activities, levels of non-performing assets and loan loss reserves. The starting point for the equity analysis is the length and severity of market value decline. The Corporation and its investment advisors monitor the entire portfolio monthly with particular attention given to securities in a continuous loss position of at least ten percent for over twelve months. Based on the factors described above, management did not consider any equity securities to be other-than-temporary impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

In accordance with disclosures required by FASB ASC 320-10-50, Investments - Debt and Equity Securities , the summary below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Corporation’s investments, aggregated by investment category, that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months or 12 months or more as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
(Amounts in thousands)   Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
                                     
Direct obligations of the U.S. Government   $ 6,404     $ 64     $ 0     $ 0     $ 6,404     $ 64  
Mortgage-backed securities     97,312       2,032       0       0       97,312       2,032  
Municipal bonds     48,853       2,859       0       0       48,853       2,859  
Corporate securities     26,099       1,416       0       0       26,099       1,416  
Marketable equity securities     21       2       0       0       21       2  
    $ 178,689     $ 6,373     $ 0     $ 0     $ 178,689     $ 6,373  

 

58
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

December 31, 2012

    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
(Amounts in thousands)   Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
                                     
Direct obligations of the U.S. Government   $ 12,519     $ 203     $ 0     $ 0     $ 12,519     $ 203  
Mortgage-backed securities     10,174       193       0       0       10,174       193  
Municipal bonds     1,651       14       338       25       1,989       39  
Corporate securities     1,924       48       1,480       20       3,404       68  
Marketable equity securities     312       10       0       0       312       10  
    $ 26,580     $ 468     $ 1,818     $ 45     $ 28,398     $ 513  

 

The Corporation invests in various forms of agency debt including mortgage backed securities and callable debt. The mortgage backed securities are issued by FHLMC (“Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation”) or FNMA (“Federal National Mortgage Association”). The municipal securities consist of general obligations and revenue bonds. The marketable equity securities consist of stocks in other bank holding companies. The fair market value of the above securities is influenced by market interest rates, prepayment speeds on mortgage securities, bid-offer spreads in the market place and credit premiums for various types of agency debt. These factors change continuously and therefore the market value of these securities may be higher or lower than the Corporation’s carrying value at any measurement date. Management does not believe any of their 96 securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013 represents an other-than-temporary impairment. The Corporation has the ability to hold the remaining securities contained in the above table for a time necessary to recover the cost.

 

Securities with an unrealized loss that are determined to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value, with the write-down recorded as a realized loss included in investment securities gains (losses) expense-net on the consolidated statements of income.

 

NOTE 4 LOANS

 

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of:

 

(Amounts in thousands)            
    2013     2012  
Commercial and Industrial   $ 33,402     $ 28,714  
Tax-exempt – Real Estate and Other     31,244       29,192  
Commercial Real Estate     221,478       221,338  
Residential Real Estate     154,403       143,002  
Real estate mortgages - Held-for-sale     0       4,009  
Consumer     5,614       6,473  
Gross loans     446,141       432,728  
Add (deduct):  Unearned discount and     (87 )     (170 )
Net deferred loan fees and costs     464       338  
Total loans, net of unearned income   $ 446,518     $ 432,896  

 

59
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012     2011  
Balance, January 1   $ 5,772     $ 5,929     $ 5,701  
Provision charged to operations     1,372       1,600       1,900  
Loans charged off     (694 )     (1,832 )     (1,769 )
Recoveries     69       75       97  
Balance, December 31   $ 6,519     $ 5,772     $ 5,929  

 

The Bank utilizes a risk grading matrix as a tool for managing credit risk in the loan portfolio and assigns an Asset Quality Rating (risk grade) to all retail (Residential Real Estate and Consumer), Commercial and Industrial and Commercial Real Estate borrowings. An asset quality rating is assigned using the guidance provided in the Bank’s loan policy. Primary responsibility for assigning the asset quality rating rests with the lender. The asset quality rating is validated periodically by both an internal and external loan review process.

 

The commercial loan grading system focuses on a borrower’s financial strength and performance, experience and depth of management, primary and secondary sources of repayment, the nature of the business and the outlook for the particular industry. Primary emphasis will be on the financial condition and trends. The grade also reflects current economic and industry conditions; as well as other variables such as liquidity, cash flow, revenue/earnings trends, management strengths or weaknesses, quality of financial information, and credit history. The retail loan grading system focuses on the borrower’s credit score and credit history, debt-to-income ratio and income sources, collateral position and loan-to-value ratio, as well as other variables such as current economic conditions, and individual strengths and weaknesses.

 

Risk grade characteristics are as follows:

 

Risk Grade 1 – MINIMAL RISK through Risk Grade 6 – MANAGEMENT ATTENTION (Pass Grade Categories )

 

Risk is evaluated via examination of several attributes including but not limited to financial trends, strengths and weaknesses, likelihood of repayment when considering both cash flow and collateral, sources of repayment, leverage position, management expertise, and repayment history.

 

At the low-risk end of the rating scale, a risk grade of 1 - Minimal Risk is the grade reserved for loans with exceptional credit fundamentals and virtually no risk of default or loss. Loan grades then progress through escalating ratings of 2 through 6 based upon risk. Risk Grade 2 - Modest Risk are loans with sufficient cash flows; Risk Grade 3 - Average Risk are loans with key balance sheet ratios slightly above the borrower’s peers; Risk Grade 4 - Acceptable Risk are loans with key balance sheet ratios usually near the borrower’s peers, but one or more ratios may be higher; and Risk Grade 5 – Marginally Acceptable are loans with strained cash flow, increasing leverage and/or weakening markets. Risk Grade 6 - Management Attention are loans with weaknesses resulting from declining performance trends and the borrower’s cash flows may be temporarily strained. Loans in this category are performing according to terms, but present some type of potential concern.

 

Risk Grade 7 − SPECIAL MENTION (Non-Pass Category )

 

Generally, these loans or assets are currently protected, but are “Potentially Weak”. They constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk but not to the point of justifying a classification of substandard.

 

Assets in this category are currently protected but have potential weakness which may, if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s credit position at some future date. No loss of principal or interest is envisioned, however they constitute an undue credit risk that may be minor but is unwarranted in light of the circumstances surrounding a specific asset. Risk is increasing beyond that at which the loan originally would have been granted. Historically, cash flows are inconsistent; financial trends show some deterioration. Liquidity and leverage are above industry averages. Financial information could be incomplete or inadequate. A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.

 

60
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Risk Grade 8 − SUBSTANDARD (Non-Pass Category )

 

Generally, these assets are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have “well-defined” weaknesses that jeopardize the full liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss.

 

They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, is not fully covered by the liquidation of the collateral used as security. Substandard loans are inadequately protected by current sound net worth, paying capacity of the borrower, or pledged collateral, and have a high probability of payment default, or they have other well-defined weaknesses. Such assets require more intensive supervision by Bank Management.

 

Risk Grade 9 − DOUBTFUL (Non-Pass Category )

 

Generally, loans graded doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan with the added factor that the weaknesses are pronounced to a point where the basis of current information, conditions, and values, collection or liquidation in full is highly improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to strengthen the asset, its classification is deferred until, for example, a proposed merger, acquisition, liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfection of liens on additional collateral and/or refinancing plans are completed. Loans are graded doubtful if they contain weaknesses so serious that collection or liquidation in full is questionable.

 

The credit quality indicators by loan segment are summarized below at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Commercial and     Commercial Real Estate     Commercial  
    Industrial     Construction     Real Estate  
    2013     2012     2013     2012     2013     2012  
Grade:                                                
1-6  Pass   $ 60,614     $ 53,155     $ 1,238     $ 4,387     $ 218,687     $ 214,545  
7     Special Mention     65       617       0       0       1,717       2,129  
8     Substandard     21       299       0       0       3,782       4,112  
9     Doubtful     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Add (deduct): Unearned discount and     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Net deferred loan fees and costs     122       116       3       (2 )     (22 )     (15 )
Loans, net of unearned income   $ 60,822     $ 54,187     $ 1,241     $ 4,385     $ 224,164     $ 220,771  

 

    Residential Real Estate           Loans,  
    Including Home Equity     Consumer Loans     Net of Unearned Income  
    2013     2012     2013     2012     2013     2012  
Grade:                                                
1-6   Pass   $ 153,292     $ 145,699     $ 5,612     $ 6,458     $ 439,443     $ 424,244  
7      Special Mention     180       136       2       2       1,964       2,884  
8      Substandard     931       1,176       0       13       4,734       5,600  
9      Doubtful     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Add (deduct): Unearned discount and     0       0       (87 )     (170 )     (87 )     (170 )
Net deferred loan fees and costs     272       156       89       83       464       338  
Loans, net of unearned income   $ 154,675     $ 147,167     $ 5,616     $ 6,386     $ 446,518     $ 432,896  

 

Commercial and Industrial and Commercial Real Estate include loans categorized as tax free loans.

 

61
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The activity in the allowance for loan losses, by loan segment, is summarized below for the years indicated.

 

(Amounts in thousands)   Commercial     Commercial     Residential                    
    and Industrial     Real Estate     Real Estate     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
2013                                                
Allowance for Loan Losses:                                                
Beginning balance   $ 573     $ 2,837     $ 1,524     $ 80     $ 758     $ 5,772  
Charge-offs     (17 )     (290 )     (348 )     (39 )     0       (694 )
Recoveries     24       31       5       9       0       69  
Provision     196       742       384       3       47       1,372  
Ending Balance     776       3,320       1,565       53       805       6,519  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     0       125       15       0       0       140  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 776     $ 3,195     $ 1,550     $ 53     $ 805     $ 6,379  
                                                 
Financing Receivables:                                                
Ending Balance   $ 60,822     $ 225,405     $ 154,675     $ 5,616     $ 0     $ 446,518  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     21       2,599       931       0       0       3,551  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 60,801     $ 222,806     $ 153,744     $ 5,616     $ 0     $ 442,967  

 

(Amounts in thousands)   Commercial     Commercial     Residential                    
    and Industrial     Real Estate     Real Estate     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
2012                                                
Allowance for Loan Losses:                                                
Beginning balance   $ 489     $ 3,507     $ 1,228     $ 137     $ 568     $ 5,929  
Charge-offs     (264 )     (1,077 )     (404 )     (87 )     0       (1,832 )
Recoveries     23       22       1       29       0       75  
Provision     325       385       699       1       190       1,600  
Ending Balance     573       2,837       1,524       80       758       5,772  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     0       111       112       0       0       223  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 573     $ 2,726     $ 1,412     $ 80     $ 758     $ 5,549  
                                                 
Financing Receivables:                                                
Ending Balance   $ 54,187     $ 225,156     $ 147,167     $ 6,386     $ 0     $ 432,896  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     248       1,312       803       0       0       2,363  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 53,939     $ 223,844     $ 146,364     $ 6,386     $ 0     $ 430,533  

 

62
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands)   Commercial     Commercial     Residential                    
    and Industrial     Real Estate     Real Estate     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
2011                                                
Allowance for Loan Losses:                                                
Beginning balance   $ 565     $ 2,769     $ 1,501     $ 123     $ 743     $ 5,701  
Charge-offs     (485 )     (968 )     (218 )     (98 )     0       (1,769 )
Recoveries     28       51       2       16       0       97  
Provision     381       1,655       (57 )     96       (175 )     1,900  
Ending Balance     489       3,507       1,228       137       568       5,929  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     80       756       111       0       0       947  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 409     $ 2,751     $ 1,117     $ 137     $ 568     $ 4,982  
                                                 
Financing Receivables:                                                
Ending Balance   $ 39,786     $ 238,181     $ 130,851     $ 7,177     $ 0     $ 415,995  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     122       3,211       855       0       0       4,188  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 39,664     $ 234,970     $ 129,996     $ 7,177     $ 0     $ 411,807  

 

From time to time, the Bank may agree to modify the contractual terms of a borrower’s loan. In cases where the modifications represent a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).

 

The outstanding balance of TDRs as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $3,961,000 and $0, respectively. The increase in TDRs was attributable to deterioration in the respective borrowers’ financial position, and in some cases a declining collateral value, along with the Bank’s proactive monitoring of the loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no unfunded commitments on any TDRs.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, thirteen loans with a combined post modification balance of $4,382,000 were classified as TDRs compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 when no loans were classified as TDRs. The loan modifications for the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted of two term modifications beyond the original stated term, four interest rate modifications, and seven payment modifications. There were no loan modifications for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

The following table presents the unpaid balance of TDRs at the dates indicated:

 

(Amounts in thousands)            
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2013     2012  
TDRs included in nonperforming loans   $ 1,538     $ 0  
TDRs in compliance with modified terms and performing     2,423       0  
Total   $ 3,961     $ 0  

 

63
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The following table presents information regarding the loan modifications categorized as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

(Amounts in thousands, except number of contracts)  
                                     
    Year Ended December 31, 2013     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
        Pre-     Post-         Pre-     Post-  
        Modification     Modification         Modification     Modification  
    Number     Outstanding     Outstanding     Number     Outstanding     Outstanding  
    of     Recorded     Recorded     of     Recorded     Recorded  
    Contracts     Investment     Investment     Contracts     Investment     Investment  
Commercial and Industrial     0     $ 0     $ 0       0     $ 0     $ 0  
Commercial Real Estate     13       4,519       4,382       0       0       0  
Residential Real Estate     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total     13     $ 4,519     $ 4,382       0     $ 0     $ 0  

 

The following table provides detail regarding the types of loan modifications made for loans categorized as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 with the total number of each type of modification performed.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2013     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
    Rate     Term     Payment     Number     Rate     Term     Payment     Number  
    Modification     Modification     Modification     Modified     Modification     Modification     Modification     Modified  
Commercial and Industrial     0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Commercial Real Estate     4       2       7       13       0       0       0       0  
Residential Real Estate     0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total     4       2       7       13       0       0       0       0  

 

Impaired loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $3,551,000 and $2,363,000, respectively. The gross interest that would have been recorded if these loans had been current in accordance with their original terms and the amounts actually recorded in income were as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)                  
    2013     2012     2011  
Gross interest due under terms to date   $ 398     $ 279     $ 342  
Amount included in income year-to-date     (24 )     (34 )     (54 )
Interest income not recognized to date   $ 374     $ 245     $ 288  

 

64
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The Corporation’s impaired loans are summarized below for the years ended 2013 and 2012.

 

(Amounts in thousands)         Unpaid           Average     Interest  
    Recorded     Principal     Related     Recorded     Income  
    Investment     Balance     Allowance     Investment     Recognized  
2013:                                        
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 21     $ 167     $ 0     $ 174     $ 0  
Commercial Real Estate     2,387       2,904       0       2,977       19  
Residential Real Estate     868       1,176       0       1,192       4  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial and Industrial     0       0       0       0       0  
Commercial Real Estate     212       212       125       213       1  
Residential Real Estate     63       63       15       65       0  
Total   $ 3,551     $ 4,522     $ 140     $ 4,621     $ 24  
                                         
Total consists of:                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 21     $ 167     $ 0     $ 174     $ 0  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 2,599     $ 3,116     $ 125     $ 3,190     $ 20  
Residential Real Estate   $ 931     $ 1,239     $ 15     $ 1,257     $ 4  

 

(Amounts in thousands)         Unpaid           Average     Interest  
    Recorded     Principal     Related     Recorded     Income  
    Investment     Balance     Allowance     Investment     Recognized  
2012:                                        
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 248     $ 547     $ 0     $ 785     $ 4  
Commercial Real Estate     1,108       1,495       0       1,529       7  
Residential Real Estate     544       737       0       748       13  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial and Industrial     0       0       0       0       0  
Commercial Real Estate     204       322       111       322       0  
Residential Real Estate     259       259       112       261       10  
Total   $ 2,363     $ 3,360     $ 223     $ 3,645     $ 34  
                                         
Total consists of:                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 248     $ 547     $ 0     $ 785     $ 4  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 1,312     $ 1,817     $ 111     $ 1,851     $ 7  
Residential Real Estate   $ 803     $ 996     $ 112     $ 1,009     $ 23  

 

 

Loans classified as TDRs on non-accrual status were included in the impaired loan tables. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1,538,000 and $0 of loans classified as TDRs were on non-accrual status with a total allocated allowance of $0 and $0, respectively. The recorded investment represents the loan balance reflected on the consolidated balance sheets net of any charge-offs. The unpaid balance is equal to the gross amount due on the loan. The average recorded investment is calculated on the daily loan balance.

 

65
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Financing receivables on non-accrual status, loans past-due 90 days or more and foreclosed assets held for resale as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)            
    2013     2012  
Commercial and Industrial   $ 21     $ 248  
Commercial Real Estate     2,599       1,312  
Residential Real Estate     931       803  
Total impaired (including non-accrual TDRs)     3,551       2,363  
Loans past-due 90 days or more and still accruing     318       952  
Foreclosed assets held for resale     480       468  
Total non-performing assets   $ 4,349     $ 3,783  
                 
Total TDRs in compliance with modified terms and performing   $ 2,423     $ 0  

 

Total non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, loans past-due 90 days or more and still accruing, and foreclosed assets held for resale.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the recorded investment in impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC 310-10-35, Receivables Subsequent Measurements, was $3,551,000 and $2,363,000, and the impaired loans allowances were $140,000 and $223,000, respectively. The average recorded balance in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $4,621,000 and $3,645,000, respectively.

 

The following tables present the aging of past-due loans by class of loans at December 31:

 

(Amounts in thousands)               90 Days                       Total  
    30-59 Days     60-89 Days     or Greater     Total     Impaired           Financing  
    Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Loans     Current     Receivables  
2013                                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 7     $ 7     $ 19     $ 33     $ 21     $ 60,768     $ 60,822  
Commercial Real Estate     875       653       180       1,708       2,599       221,098       225,405  
Residential Real Estate     1,751       166       119       2,036       931       151,708       154,675  
Consumer     30       12       0       42       0       5,574       5,616  
Total   $ 2,663     $ 838     $ 318     $ 3,819     $ 3,551     $ 439,148     $ 446,518  

 

(Amounts in thousands)               90 Days                       Total  
    30-59 Days     60-89 Days     or Greater     Total     Impaired           Financing  
    Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Past Due     Loans     Current     Receivables  
2012                                                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ 10     $ 136     $ 0     $ 146     $ 248     $ 53,793     $ 54,187  
Commercial Real Estate     760       605       952       2,317       1,312       221,527       225,156  
Residential Real Estate     1,060       584       0       1,644       803       144,720       147,167  
Consumer     56       0       0       56       0       6,330       6,386  
Total   $ 1,886     $ 1,325     $ 952     $ 4,163     $ 2,363     $ 426,370     $ 432,896  

 

Loans past-due 90 days or more and still accruing interest were $318,000 at December 31, 2013 and $952,000 at December 31, 2012. Loans 90 days or greater past-due remained on accrual status as these assets were deemed to be in the process of collection, guaranteed, or well secured. The loans consist of one Commercial and Industrial loan, one Commercial Real Estate loan and three Residential Real Estate loans, all well secured by various forms of collateral.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no commitments to lend additional funds with respect to impaired loans.

 

66
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 5 MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

 

The mortgage loans sold and serviced for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $89,712,000 and $80,074,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The balances of amortized capitalized mortgage servicing rights, included in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, were $521,000 and $478,000, respectively.

 

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized along with the aggregate activity in the related valuation allowances:

 

(Amounts in thousands)                  
    2013     2012     2011  
Balance, January 1   $ 478     $ 421     $ 387  
Servicing asset additions     193       230       137  
Amortization     (150 )     (173 )     (103 )
Balance, December 31   $ 521     $ 478     $ 421  

 

Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing, and included in demand deposits, were approximately $145,000 and $60,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)            
    2013     2012  
Land   $ 3,180     $ 3,164  
Buildings     19,130       16,960  
Leasehold improvements     286       301  
Equipment     8,236       7,583  
      30,832       28,008  
Less:  Accumulated depreciation     9,316       8,645  
Total   $ 21,516     $ 19,363  

 

Depreciation amounted to $1,151,000 for 2013, $1,023,000 for 2012 and $947,000 for 2011.

 

The banking subsidiary leases land and a bank building in Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, under a lease expiring in 2017 (See Note 14). Included in buildings above is the bank building held under a capital lease with a cost of $948,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and accumulated amortization of $762,000 and $715,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of the bank building held under the capital lease was $47,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, $48,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $45,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

67
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

NOTE 7 GOODWILL, OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, AND PREMIUM DISCOUNTS

 

Goodwill, other intangible assets, and premium discounts were comprised of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(Amounts in thousands)                        
    Gross     Accumulated  
    Carrying Amount     Amortization/(Accretion)  
    2013     2012     2013     2012  
Unamortized intangible asset:                                
Goodwill   $ 19,133     $ 19,133     $ 0     $ 0  
                                 
Core deposit intangibles   $ 2,218     $ 2,218     $ 1,823     $ 1,550  
Premium discount (negative premium) on acquired certificates of deposit   $ (385 )   $ (385 )   $ (385 )   $ (385 )

 

Amortization expense of the core deposit intangibles was $273,000, $283,000 and $290,000 for each the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Accretion of the premium discount (negative premium) on the acquired certificates of deposit was $0, $0, and $1,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Estimated amortization/accretion is as follows for the years ending December 31:

 

(Amounts in thousands)      
       
    Amortization  
    of Core  
    Deposit Intangibles  
2014   $ 273  
2015     122  

 

NOTE 8 DEPOSITS

 

Major classifications of deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of:

 

(Amounts in thousands)            
             
    2013     2012  
Demand - non-interest bearing   $ 85,156     $ 76,418  
Demand - interest bearing     208,883       128,657  
Savings     164,138       155,996  
Time, $100,000 and over     82,592       89,082  
Other time     149,306       158,681  
Total deposits   $ 690,075     $ 608,834  

 

68
 

 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The following is a schedule reflecting classification and remaining maturities of time deposits of $100,000 and over at December 31, 2013:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

2014   $ 60,472  
2015     6,041  
2016     6,363  
2017     4,181  
2018 and thereafter     5,535  
    $ 82,592  

 

Interest expense related to time deposits of $100,000 or more was $838,000 in 2013, $894,000 in 2012 and $1,151,000 in 2011.

 

At December 31, 2013, the largest two depositors had aggregate deposits of approximately $109,908,000 as follows:

 

School district   $ 75,685,000  
School district     34,223,000  
Total   $ 109,908,000  

  

NOTE 9 SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Discount Window, and Federal Home Loan Bank advances generally represent overnight or less than 30-day borrowings. Short-term borrowings consisted of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

(Amounts in thousands)   2013  
              Maximum        
    Ending     Average     Month End     Average  
    Balance     Balance     Balance     Rate  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold  under agreements to repurchase   $ 16,261     $ 18,753     $ 22,516       0.41 %
Federal Home Loan Bank     51,972       11,050       51,972       0.25 %
Federal Discount Window     0       0       0       0 %
Total   $ 68,233     $ 29,803     $ 74,488       0.35 %

 

(Amounts in thousands)   2012  
              Maximum        
    Ending     Average     Month End     Average  
    Balance     Balance     Balance     Rate  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold  under agreements to repurchase   $ 17,059     $ 19,458     $ 20,866       0.46 %
Federal Home Loan Bank     38,010       10,472       38,010       0.27 %
Federal Discount Window     0       0       0       0 %
Total   $ 55,069     $ 29,930     $ 58,876       0.39 %

 

69
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 10 LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

 

Long-term borrowings are comprised of advances from FHLB and a capital lease assumed as a result of the acquisition of Pocono Community Bank in the amount of $811,000. Long term capital lease scheduled maturities as of December 31, 2013 are: $99,000 in 2014, $108,000 in 2015, $117,000 in 2016 and $105,000 in 2017 for a total balance of $429,000 as of December 31, 2013.

 

Under terms of a blanket agreement, collateral for the FHLB loans is certain qualifying assets of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary. The principal assets are real estate mortgages with a carrying value of $327,616,000 and certain investment securities.

 

A schedule of long-term borrowings by maturity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012  
Due 2013, 2.48%   $ 0     $ 7,000  
Due 2014, 1.49%     5,000       5,000  
Due 2015, 3.29%     0       7,000  
Due 2016, 2.69%     5,000       5,000  
Due 2018, 1.27% to 4.86%     18,000       8,000  
Due 2019, 1.79%     5,000       5,000  
Due 2020, 1.95%     5,000       5,000  
Due 2028, 5.14%     2,000       2,000  
    $ 40,000     $ 44,000  

 

NOTE 11 INCOME TAXES

 

The current and deferred components of the income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012     2011  
Federal                        
Current   $ 2,678     $ 2,385     $ 2,334  
Deferred (benefit) provision     (261 )     (195 )     229  
      2,417       2,190       2,563  
State                        
Current (benefit)     (26 )     0       0  
Deferred (benefit) provision     0       (3 )     (11 )
      (26 )     (3 )     (11 )
Total provision for income taxes   $ 2,391     $ 2,187     $ 2,552  

 

70
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The following is a reconciliation between the actual provision for federal income taxes and the amount of federal income taxes which would have been provided at the statutory rate of 34%:

 

(Amounts in thousands)   2013     2012     2011  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
Provision at statutory rate   $ 4,306       34.0 %   $ 4,201       34.0 %   $ 4,236       34.0 %
Tax-exempt income     (1,627 )     (12.9 )     (1,821 )     (14.7 )     (1,551 )     (12.4 )
Non-deductible expenses     61       0.5       79       0.6       95       0.8  
Tax credit from limited partnership Less amortization - net     (201 )     (1.6 )     (231 )     (1.9 )     (120 )     (1.0 )
Bank owned life insurance income - net     (234 )     (1.8 )     (246 )     (2.0 )     (257 )     (2.1 )
Other - net     112       0.9       208       1.7       160       1.3  
Applicable federal income tax and rate   $ 2,417       19.1 %   $ 2,190       17.7 %   $ 2,563       20.6 %

 

The components of the net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012  
Deferred Tax Assets:                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 2,217     $ 1,962  
Deferred compensation     514       493  
Contributions     35       39  
Non-accrual interest     32       15  
Leases     342       98  
Limited partnership investments     60       216  
Alternative minimum tax credits     279       259  
Tax credits from limited partnerships     193       197  
Impairment loss on investment securities     50       50  
Capital and net operating loss carry forwards     89       89  
Total   $ 3,811     $ 3,418  
Deferred Tax Liabilities:                
Unrealized investment securities gains – net   $ 71     $ 6,498  
Loan fees and costs     157       115  
Premises and equipment (depreciation)     1,003       967  
Accretion     62       119  
Mortgage servicing rights     43       52  
Intangibles     395       274  
Total     1,731       8,025  
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)   $ 2,080     $ (4,607 )
                 
Deferred Income Tax Asset   $ 2,131     $ 5  
Deferred Income Tax Liability     (51 )     (4,612 )
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)   $ 2,080     $ (4,607 )

 

No valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012 as management believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets are to be realized based on an evaluation of the amount of taxes paid in available carry back years, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions.

 

The Corporation and its subsidiary file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Corporation is no longer subject to examination by Federal or State taxing authorities for the years before 2010.

 

71
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 12 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, cash payments for interest expense and income taxes were as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012     2011  
Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings   $ 5,090     $ 6,771     $ 9,630  
                         
Income taxes paid   $ 2,178     $ 2,626     $ 2,069  

 

The Corporation transferred loans to foreclosed assets held for resale, net of charge-offs and adjustments, in amounts of $435,000, $812,000 and $133,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE 13 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS

 

The Corporation maintains a 401k Plan which has a combined tax qualified savings feature and profit sharing feature for the benefit of its employees. Under the savings feature, the Corporation matches 100% of the employee contribution up to 3% of compensation which amounted to $206,000, $190,000 and $173,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Under the profit sharing feature, contributions, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, are funded currently and amounted to $558,000, $488,000 and $461,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Bank also has non-qualified deferred compensation agreements with three of its officers and four retired officers. These agreements are essentially unsecured promises by the Bank to make monthly payments to the officers over a twenty year period. Payments begin based upon specific criteria — generally, when the officer retires. To account for the cost of payments yet to be made in the future, the Bank recognizes an accrued liability in years prior to when payments begin based on the present value of those future payments. The Bank’s accrued liability for these deferred compensation agreements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $1,454,000 and $1,396,000, respectively. The related expense for these agreements amounted to $154,000, $150,000 and $147,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Bank entered into an agreement to provide post-retirement benefits to a retired employee in the form of life insurance payable to the employee’s estate upon their death through endorsement split dollar life insurance arrangements. The Bank’s accrued liabilities for this benefit agreement as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $57,000 and $55,000, respectively. The related expense for this benefit agreement amounted to $2,000, $2,000 and $2,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

  

NOTE 14 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Corporation’s banking subsidiary currently leases three branch banking facilities and one parcel of land under operating leases. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $142,000, $301,000 and $287,000, respectively. Minimum rental payments required under these operating leases are: 2014 - $104,000, 2015 - $82,000, 2016 - $53,000, 2017 - $59,000, 2018 - $59,000 and thereafter $2,707,000.

 

The banking subsidiary leases land and a bank building in Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, under a lease expiring in 2017. This lease has an operating lease commitment and a capital lease component. Minimum future rental payments as of December 31, 2013 under this non-cancelable operating lease component for land are due as follows and are not included in the amounts of operating lease payments above, 2014 - $48,000, 2015 - $48,000, 2016 - $48,000 and 2017 - $40,000.

 

72
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Minimum future lease payments under the capital lease component for the bank building as of December 31, 2013 for each of the next four years and in the aggregate are:

 

Year Ending December 31      
2014   $ 132,000  
2015     132,000  
2016     132,000  
2017     108,000  
         
Total minimum lease payments     504,000  
Less amounts representing interest     75,000  
Present value of net minimum lease payments   $ 429,000  

 

On November 30, 2012, the Bank acquired property consisting of a parcel of land and a building in the amount of $311,000 in Dallas, Pennsylvania. The branch opened on March 18, 2013.

 

In the second quarter of 2013, the renovation and construction project to expand the Bank’s main headquarters in Berwick, Pennsylvania was completed at a cost of $6.3 million.

 

On July 26, 2012, the Bank acquired property consisting of a parcel of land in the amount of $400,000 in Shickshinny, Pennsylvania. This branch opened on December 9, 2013 at a cost of $2.0 million.

 

In the normal course of business, there are various pending legal actions and proceedings that are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Management does not believe the outcome of these actions and proceedings will have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Corporation.

  

NOTE 15 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Certain directors and executive officers of First Keystone Corporation and its subsidiary and companies in which they are principal owners (i.e., at least 10% ownership) were indebted to the Corporation at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. These loans were made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. The loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability nor present other unfavorable features.

 

A summary of the activity on the related party loans, comprised of directors and executive officers and their related companies consists of the following:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012     2011  
Balance at January 1   $ 3,620     $ 4,474     $ 4,887  
Additions     1,348       1,875       1,973  
Deductions     (1,579 )     (2,729 )     (2,386 )
Balance at December 31   $ 3,389     $ 3,620     $ 4,474  

 

The above loans represent funds drawn and outstanding at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Commitments by the Bank to related parties on lines of credit and letters of credit for 2013, 2012 and 2011, presented an additional off-balance sheet risk to the extent of undisbursed funds in the amounts of $2,707,000, $2,908,000 and $3,834,000, respectively, on the above loans.

 

Deposits from certain officers and directors and/or their related companies held by the Bank amounted to $7,567,000, $5,825,000 and $5,179,000 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

73
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 16 REGULATORY MATTERS

 

Under Pennsylvania banking law, the Bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2013, $8,433,000 of retained earnings were available for dividends without prior regulatory approval, subject to the regulatory capital requirements discussed below. Regulations also limit the amount of loans and advances from the Bank to the Corporation to 10% of consolidated net assets.

 

The Corporation is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Corporation and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier I Capital (as defined in the regulations) to Risk Weighted Assets (as defined), and of Tier I Capital (as defined) to Average Assets (as defined).

 

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as Well Capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as Well Capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Total Risk Based, Tier I Risk Based and Tier I Leverage Ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

(Amounts in thousands)                           To Be Well  
                            Capitalized Under  
                For Capital     Prompt Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2013:                                                
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk Weighted Assets)   $ 80,577       14.36 %   $ 44,901       8.00 %   $ 56,126       10.00 %
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk Weighted Assets)   $ 74,058       13.19 %   $ 22,450       4.00 %   $ 33,676       6.00 %
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 74,058       8.56 %   $ 34,589       4.00 %   $ 43,236       5.00 %

  

(Amounts in thousands)                           To Be Well  
                            Capitalized Under  
                For Capital     Prompt Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2012:                                                
Total Capital                                                
(to Risk Weighted Assets)   $ 79,668       14.78 %   $ 43,118       8.00 %   $ 53,898       10.00 %
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Risk Weighted Assets)   $ 73,896       13.71 %   $ 21,559       4.00 %   $ 32,339       6.00 %
Tier I Capital                                                
(to Average Assets)   $ 73,896       9.25 %   $ 31,942       4.00 %   $ 39,928       5.00 %

 

The Corporation’s capital ratios are not materially different from those of the Bank.

 

74
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 17    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Corporation does not engage in trading activities with respect to any of its financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.

 

The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments.

 

The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

The Corporation may require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk.

 

The contract or notional amounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    2013     2012  
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:                
Commitments to extend credit   $ 64,064     $ 63,653  
Financial standby letters of credit   $ 418     $ 720  
Performance standby letters of credit   $ 4,449     $ 3,714  

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, owner-occupied income-producing commercial properties, and residential real estate.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation to guarantee payment to a third party when a customer either fails to repay an obligation or fails to perform some non-financial obligation. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Corporation may hold collateral to support standby letters of credit for which collateral is deemed necessary.

 

The Corporation grants commercial, agricultural, real estate mortgage and consumer loans to customers primarily in the counties of Columbia, Luzerne, Montour and Monroe, Pennsylvania. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 4 — Loans. It is management’s opinion that the loan portfolio was well balanced and diversified at December 31, 2013, to the extent necessary to avoid any significant concentration of credit risk. However, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts may be influenced by the region’s economy.

  

75
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 18 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Corporation also offers to its shareholders a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. The Corporation is authorized to issue up to 200,000 shares of its common stock under the plan. The plan provides First Keystone shareholders a convenient and economical way to purchase additional shares of common stock by reinvesting dividends. A plan participant can elect full dividend reinvestment or partial dividend reinvestment provided at least 25 shares are enrolled in the plan. In addition, plan participants may make additional voluntary cash purchases of common stock under the plan of not less than $100 per calendar quarter or more than $2,500 in any calendar quarter.

 

Shares of First Keystone common stock are purchased for the plan either in the open market by an independent broker on behalf of the plan, directly from First Keystone as original issue shares, or through negotiated transactions. A combination of the previous methods could also occur.

 

Participation in this plan by shareholders began in 2001. Shares transferred under this Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan were as follows:

 

Year   Number of Shares  
2001     3,260  
2002     7,747  
2003     8,000  
2004     13,932  
2005     21,491  
2006     22,964  
2007     25,900  
2008     34,389  
2009     39,772  
2010     41,227  
2011     42,277  
2012     39,245  
2013     39,328  

  

NOTE 19 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

 

On February 10, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan and initially reserved 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan for certain employees of the Bank. After adjustments for the effects of stock dividends, options exercised and options forfeited, there remains 4,823 exercisable options issued and outstanding. Under the Plan, options are granted at fair market value and the time period during which any option granted may be exercised may not commence before six months or continue beyond the expiration of ten years after the option is awarded. Upon exercise of the stock options, shares of the Corporation’s stock are issued from Treasury Stock. The Plan expired in 2008, and therefore, no stock options are available for issuance.

 

The fair value of stock options issued to employees is measured on the date of the grant and is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period. Expected volatility and dividend yield are based on historical stock prices and dividend amounts over past time periods equal in length to the life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is determined using the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of the grant. The expected life of the options is calculated using the average term of the vesting period and the maximum term.

 

76
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is summarized as follows:

 

    2013     2012     2011  
          Weighted           Weighted           Weighted  
          Average           Average           Average  
    Stock     Exercise     Stock     Exercise     Stock     Exercise  
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
Balance at January 1     11,904     $ 19.90       20,037     $ 18.18       26,653     $ 18.46  
Granted     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Granted due to stock dividend     0       0       0       0       0       0  
Exercised     (2,034 )     21.11       (5,334 )     15.97       (1,023 )     16.30  
Forfeited/Expired     (5,047 )     21.11       (2,799 )     15.08       (5,593 )     19.88  
Balance at December 31     4,823     $ 18.12       11,904     $ 19.90       20,037     $ 18.18  
                                                 
Exercisable at December 31     4,823     $ 18.12       11,904     $ 19.90       20,037     $ 18.18  
                                                 
Weighted average fair value of                                                
options granted during the year           $ 0.00             $ 0.00             $ 0.00  

 

Under the terms of the stock option incentive plan, the stock options including amendments as to price and terms were adjusted for the stock dividend in 2006.

 

Exercise prices of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, ranged from $16.75 to $20.95 per share. The weighted average remaining contracted life is approximately 3.25 years.

 

The 4,823 options outstanding as December 31, 2013 have an intrinsic value, which is the amount that the value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the options, of $33,000. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $10,000, $41,000 and $1,600, respectively. Cash received from stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $43,000, $85,000 and $16,000, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes information concerning the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2013.

 

    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Weighted     Weighted           Weighted  
          Average     Average           Average  
    Number     Remaining     Exercise     Number     Exercise  
Year   Outstanding*     Contractual Life     Price     Exercisable     Price  
                               
2005     1,573       1.75     $ 20.95       1,573     $ 20.95  
2007     3,250       4.00       16.75       3,250       16.75  
                                         
      4,823         $ 18.12     4,823     $ 18.12  

 

*As adjusted for stock dividend noted above.

  

77
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 20 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell the asset or transfer the liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. This guidance provides additional information on determining when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability has significantly decreased. The guidance also includes information on identifying circumstances when a transaction may not be considered orderly.

 

Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a list of factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability. When the reporting entity concludes there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, further analysis of the information from that market is needed and significant adjustments to the related prices may be necessary to estimate fair value in accordance with the fair value measurement and disclosure guidance.

 

This guidance clarifies that when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, some transactions may not be orderly. In those situations, the entity must evaluate the weight of the evidence to determine whether the transaction is orderly. The guidance provides a list of circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly. A transaction price that is not associated with an orderly transaction is given little, if any, weight when estimating fair value.

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own belief about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based upon the best information available in the circumstances. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 Inputs : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2 Inputs : Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

 

Level 3 Input: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth as follows.

 


78
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the valuation methods used are as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

December 31, 2013   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Available-for-Sale Securities:                                
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgaged-backed   $ 0     $ 119,776     $ 0     $ 119,776  
Other     0       33,733       0       33,733  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     0       148,389       0       148,389  
Corporate securities     0       49,265       0       49,265  
Marketable equity securities     2,535       0       0       2,535  
Restricted equity securities     0       4,761       0       4,761  
Total   $ 2,535     $ 355,924     $ 0     $ 358,459  

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

December 31, 2012   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Available-for-Sale Securities:                                
Obligations of U.S. Government Corporations and Agencies:                                
Mortgaged-backed   $ 0     $ 43,843     $ 0     $ 43,843  
Other     0       29,032       0       29,032  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     0       176,953       0       176,953  
Corporate securities     0       44,507       0       44,507  
Marketable equity securities     1,977       0       0       1,977  
Restricted equity securities     0       4,883       0       4,883  
Total   $ 1,977     $ 299,218     $ 0     $ 301,195  

 

The estimated fair values of equity securities classified as Level 1 are derived from quoted market prices in active markets; these assets consist mainly of stocks held in other banks. The estimated fair values of all debt securities classified as Level 2 are obtained from nationally-recognized third-party pricing agencies. The estimated fair values are derived primarily from cash flow models, which include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayment speeds. The significant inputs utilized in the cash flow models are based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Corporation (observable inputs), and are therefore classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The Corporation does not have any Level 3 inputs for investments. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2013 and 2012.

 

Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and the valuation methods used are as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets at December 31, 2013                                
Impaired loans:                                
Commercial and Industrial   $ 0     $ 0     $ 21     $ 21  
Commercial Real Estate     0       0       656       656  
Residential Real Estate     0       0       621       621  
Total impaired loans   $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,298     $ 1,298  

 

79
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets at December 31, 2012                                
Impaired loans:                                
Commercial and Industrial   $ 0     $ 0     $ 248     $ 248  
Commercial Real Estate     0       0       731       731  
Residential Real Estate     0       0       620       620  
Total impaired loans   $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,599     $ 1,599  

  

The Bank’s impaired and TDR loan valuation procedure for any loans greater than $250,000 requires an appraisal to be obtained and reviewed annually at year end. A quarterly collateral evaluation is performed which may include a site visit, property pictures and discussions with realtors and other similar business professionals to ascertain current values. For impaired and TDR loans less than $250,000 upon classification and annually at year end, the Bank completes a Certificate of Inspection, which includes an onsite inspection, insured values, tax assessed values, recent sales comparisons and a review of the previous evaluations. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level that is significant to the fair value measurements. The fair value consists of the impaired and TDR loan balances less the valuation allowance and/or charge-offs. There were no transfers between valuation levels in 2013 and 2012.

 

Nonfinancial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, foreclosed assets held for resale measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and the valuation methods used are as follows:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets at December 31, 2013                                
Other foreclosed assets held for resale:                                
Commercial Real Estate   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Total foreclosed assets held for resale   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets at December 31, 2012                                
Other foreclosed assets held for resale:                                
Commercial Real Estate   $ 0     $ 0     $ 48     $ 48  
Total foreclosed assets held for resale   $ 0     $ 0     $ 48     $ 48  

 

The Bank’s foreclosed asset valuation procedure requires an appraisal, which considers the sales prices of similar properties in the proximate vicinity, to be completed periodically with the exception of those cases which the Bank has obtained a sales agreement. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level that is significant to the fair value measurements. There were no transfers between valuation levels in 2013 and 2012.

 

80
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Bank has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine the fair value:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
    Fair Value              
Assets at December 31, 2013   Estimate     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range
Impaired loans   $ 1,298     Appraisal of collateral 1,3   Appraisal adjustments 2   (10% - 35%)
Foreclosed assets held for sale   $ 0     Appraisal of collateral 1,3   Appraisal adjustments 2   (10% - 35%)

______________________

1 Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, as defined by Bank regulators.

2 Appraisals may be adjusted downward by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The typical range of appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal value.

3 Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Carrying     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  
    Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
FINANCIAL ASSETS:                              
Cash and due from banks   $ 8,257     $ 8,257     $ 0     $ 0     $ 8,257  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     22,366       0       22,366       0       22,366  
Investment securities available-for-sale     353,698       2,535       351,163       0       353,698  
Investment securities held-to-maturity     1,072       0       1,083       0       1,083  
Restricted securities at cost – available-for-sale     4,761       0       4,761       0       4,761  
Net loans     439,999       0       0       443,844       443,844  
Mortgage servicing rights     521       0       0       521       521  
Accrued interest receivable     3,616       0       3,616       0       3,616  
                                         
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:                                        
Deposits     690,075       0       690,771       0       690,771  
Short-term borrowings     68,233       0       68,233       0       68,233  
Long-term borrowings     40,429       0       41,288       0       41,288  
Accrued interest payable     392       0       392       0       392  
                                         
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS     0       0       0       0       0  

 

81
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Amounts in thousands)

    Carrying     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
    Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
FINANCIAL ASSETS:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 10,038     $ 10,038     $ 0     $ 0     $ 10,038  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     10,882       0       10,882       0       10,882  
Investment securities available-for-sale     296,312       1,977       294,335       0       296,312  
Investment securities held-to-maturity     2,561       0       2,599       0       2,599  
Restricted securities at cost –  available-for-sale     4,883       0       4,883       0       4,883  
Net loans     427,124       0       0       423,873       423,873  
Mortgage servicing rights     478       0       0       478       478  
Accrued interest receivable     4,060       0       4,060       0       4,060  
                                         
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:                                        
Deposits     608,834       0       611,689       0       611,689  
Short-term borrowings     55,069       0       55,069       0       55,069  
Long-term borrowings     44,520       0       47,696       0       47,696  
Accrued interest payable     528       0       528       0       528  
                                         
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS     0       0       0       0       0  

 

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Corporation since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Corporation’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

Cash and Due From Banks, Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks, Restricted Securities at Cost, Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable

 

The fair values are equal to the current carrying values.

 

Investment Securities

 

Fair values have been individually determined based on currently quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

Loans

 

Fair values are estimated for categories of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans were segregated by type such as Commercial and Industrial, Tax-exempt, Real Estate mortgages and Consumer. For estimation purposes, each loan category was further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and also into performing and non-performing classifications.

 

The fair value of each category of performing loans is calculated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

 

Fair value for non-performing loans is based on management’s estimate of future cash flows discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated future cash flows. The assumptions used by management are judgmentally determined using specific borrower information.

 

82
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The fair value of servicing rights is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows on pools of mortgages stratified by rate and maturity date.

 

Deposits

 

Under FASB ASC 825-10-50, the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on similar term borrowings, to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings

 

The fair values of short-term borrowings are equal to the current carrying values, and long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Corporation’s incremental borrowing rate for similar instruments.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

The fair values for the Corporation’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

 

83
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

NOTE 21 PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed financial information for First Keystone Corporation (parent company only) was as follows:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)   December 31  
    2013     2012  
ASSETS                
Cash in subsidiary bank   $ 2,408     $ 4,751  
Investment in subsidiary bank     92,989       106,008  
Investment in marketable equity securities     2,535       1,977  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     223       526  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 98,155     $ 113,262  
                 
LIABILITIES                
Advances from subsidiary bank   $ 1,536     $ 9,891  
Accruals and other liabilities     268       41  
TOTAL LIABILITIES   $ 1,804     $ 9,932  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Common stock   $ 11,513     $ 11,435  
Surplus     31,626       30,725  
Retained earnings     59,089       54,532  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (54 )     12,528  
Treasury stock, at cost     (5,823 )     (5,890 )
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 96,351     $ 103,330  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 98,155     $ 113,262  

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Amounts in thousands)   Year Ended December 31  
    2013     2012     2011  
INCOME                        
Dividends from subsidiary bank   $ 10,416     $ 5,867     $ 5,867  
Dividends - other     62       63       58  
Investment securities (losses)     0       (97 )     (74 )
Interest     2       4       9  
Miscellaneous income     0       0       6  
TOTAL INCOME   $ 10,480     $ 5,837     $ 5,866  
                         
OPERATING EXPENSES     162       151       128  
Income Before Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiary   $ 10,318     $ 5,686     $ 5,738  
Income tax benefit     61       80       34  
Income Before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiary   $ 10,379     $ 5,766     $ 5,772  
Equity in (excess of) Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiary     (106 )     4,404       4,135  
                         
NET INCOME   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907  

  

84
 

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)   Year Ended December 31  
    2013     2012     2011  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                        
Net income   $ 10,273     $ 10,170     $ 9,907  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
Losses on sales of investment securities     0       97       74  
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense     0       (31 )     0  
Equity in (excess of) undistributed net income of subsidiary     106       (4,404 )     (4,135 )
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets     325       (303 )     277  
(Decrease) increase in advances from subsidiary bank - net operating     (8,355 )     372       (176 )
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES   $ 2,349     $ 5,901     $ 5,947  
                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        
Purchases of marketable equity securities   $ 0     $ (445 )   $ 0  
Proceeds from sales of marketable equity securities     0       389       77  
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES   $ 0     $ (56 )   $ 77  
                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Proceeds from issuance of common stock   $ 97     $ 269     $ 0  
Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock     43       85       16  
Cash dividends paid     (4,832 )     (5,086 )     (5,281 )
NET CASH (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES   $ (4,692 )   $ (4,732 )   $ (5,265 )
                         
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   $ (2,343 )   $ 1,113     $ 759  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING     4,751       3,638       2,879  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING   $ 2,408     $ 4,751     $ 3,638  

  

85
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION:

 

We have audited First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). First Keystone Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated March 14, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

  /s/ J. H. Williams & Co., LLP
  J. H. Williams & Co., LLP

 

Kingston, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2014

  

86
 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

First Keystone Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Corporation files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based upon their evaluation of those disclosure controls and procedures performed as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The management of First Keystone Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934). The Corporation’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

 

The management of First Keystone Corporation, along with participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework . Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

First Keystone Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. This report can be found in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

There was no information required on Form 8-K during this quarter that was not reported.

  

87
 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information under the captions “Information As To Directors and Nominees,” “Principal Officers of the Bank and the Corporation,” “Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” are incorporated here by reference from First Keystone Corporation’s definitive proxy statement dated March 25, 2014.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Corporation has adopted a Directors and Senior Management Code of Ethics, which applies to all members of the Board of Directors and to senior officers of the Corporation. It can be found on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.firstkeystonecorporation.com

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information under the captions “Executive Compensation”, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A)”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, and “Compensation Committee Report” are incorporated here by reference from First Keystone Corporation’s definitive proxy statement dated March 25, 2014.

  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information under the caption “Share Ownership” is incorporated here by reference from First Keystone Corporation’s definitive proxy statement dated March 25, 2014.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

                Number of securities  
                remaining available  
    Number of securities           for future issuance  
    to be issued     Weighted-average     under equity  
    upon exercise of     exercise price of     compensation plans  
    outstanding options,     outstanding options,     excluding securities  
  warrants and rights     warrants and rights     reflected in column (a)  
Plan category   (a)     (b)     (c)  
                   
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders     4,823     $ 18.12       0  
                         
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders     0       0       0  
                         
Total     4,823     $ 18.12       0  

  

88
 

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information under the captions “Related Person Transactions” and “Governance of the Company” are incorporated here by reference from First Keystone Corporation’s definitive proxy statement dated March 25, 2014.

  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information under the captions “Report of the Audit Committee” and “Proposal No. 2: Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” are incorporated here by reference from First Keystone Corporation’s definitive proxy statement dated March 25, 2014.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

    (a) 1. Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8, of this Report:

 

First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 41
Consolidated Balance Sheets 42
Consolidated Statements of Income 43
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 44
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 45
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 47
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 86

 

2. Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial statements schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required, or is shown in the financial statements or in their notes.

  

89
 

 

3. Exhibits

 

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

Exhibit Number Referred to

Item 601 of Regulation S-K   Description of Exhibit
3i   Articles of Incorporation, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).
     
3ii   By-Laws, as amended and restated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated February 14, 2013).
     
10.1(a)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan  – J. Gerald Bazewicz.*
     
10.1(b)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan – David R. Saracino.*
     
10.1(c)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan – Matthew P. Prosseda.*
     
10.1(d)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan – Elaine Woodland.*
     
10.2   Management Incentive Compensation Plan.*
     
10.3   Profit Sharing Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Report on From 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).
     
10.4   First Keystone Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).
     
14   First Keystone Corporation Directors and Senior Management Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2007).
     
21   List of Subsidiaries of the Issuer, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K. *
     
23   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. *
     
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*
     
31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.*
     
32.1   Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.*
     
32.2   Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.*
     
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document.*
     
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.*
     
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.*
     
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.*
     
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.*
     
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.*

 

*Filed herewith.

 

The Corporation will provide a copy of any exhibit upon receipt of a written request for the particular exhibit or exhibits desired. All requests should be addressed to the Corporation’s principal executive offices.

 

90
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

 

/s/ Matthew P. Prosseda    
Matthew P. Prosseda  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

 

Date:    March 14, 2014  

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ John E. Arndt   March 14, 2014
John E. Arndt, Secretary/Director   Date
     
/s/ J. Gerald Bazewicz   March 14, 2014
J. Gerald Bazewicz, Vice Chairman/Director   Date
     
/s/ Don E. Bower   March 14, 2014
Don E. Bower, Director   Date
     
/s/ Robert A. Bull   March 14, 2014
Robert A. Bull, Director   Date
     
/s/ Robert E. Bull   March 14, 2014
Robert E. Bull, Chairman/Director   Date
     
/s/ Joseph B. Conahan, Jr.   March 14, 2014
Joseph B. Conahan, Jr., Director   Date
     
/s/ Jerome F. Fabian   March 14, 2014
Jerome F. Fabian, Director   Date
     
/s/ John G. Gerlach   March 14, 2014
John G. Gerlach, Director   Date
     
/s/ Matthew P. Prosseda   March 14, 2014
Matthew P. Prosseda, President/Chief   Date
Executive Officer/Director    
     
/s/ Diane C.A. Rosler   March 14, 2014
Diane C.A. Rosler, Chief Financial Officer   Date
(Principal Financial Officer)    
     
/s/ David R. Saracino   March 14, 2014
David R. Saracino, Director   Date
     
/s/ Toney C. Horst   March 14, 2014
Toney C. Horst, Controller   Date
(Principal Accounting Officer)    

 

91

 

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BERWICK

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 7 th day of January, 1997, by and between The First National Bank of Berwick, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”), and J. Gerald Bazewicz (the “Executive”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

1.1    Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1.1 “Change of Control” means the transfer of 51% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock (or more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of any corporation which owns more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock) followed within twelve (12) months by replacement of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (for reasons other than death or disability).

 

1.1.2 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.1.3    “Disability” means the Executive suffering a sickness, accident or injury which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Executive from performing substantially all of the Executive’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to any benefits, the Company may require the Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

 

1
 

 

1.1.4    “Involuntary Termination” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, has been notified by the Company, in writing, that he is terminated as an employee for reasons other than an approved leave of absence, Termination for Cause or Disability.

 

1.1.5    “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive’s 60 th Birthday.

 

1.1.6    “Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

 

1.1.7    “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing on 01/07/97 and ending 12 consecutive months later.

 

1.1.8    “Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntary or involuntary, other than for reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

1.1.9    “Termination for Cause” See Section 5.2.

 

1.1.10    “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason other than:

 

a. for reason of an approved leave of absence;
b. death;
c. Disability;
d. Termination for Cause; or
e. Involuntary Termination.

 

1.1.11 “Years of Service” means the total number of Plan Years in which the Executive has been employed on a full time basis by the Company, inclusive of approved leaves of absence.

 

2
 

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. If the Executive terminates employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Executive

the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit amount under this Section 2.1 is $3,750 per month.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Day and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

2.2 Involuntary Termination Benefit . If Involuntary Termination occurs, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The Executive’s benefit amount under this Section 2.2 is the monthly benefit set forth in Schedule A, Column D, based on the number of Plan Years completed on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. Schedule A column D is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

2.3    Voluntary Termination Benefit. If Voluntary Termination occurs, the Executive shall not be entitled to a benefit.

 

2.4    Disability Benefit. If Disability occurs, prior to the Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

 

2. 4.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under this Section 2.4 is the benefit set forth in Schedule A, Column B, based on the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment by reason of disability. Schedule A is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3
 

 

2.4.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days after the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

 

2.5    Change of Control Benefit. If Executive is in active service at the time of a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to the executive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this agreement.

 

2.5.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under this Section 2.5 is the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.

 

2.5.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1    Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under Section 3.1 is the lifetime benefit that would have been paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date of the Executive’s death were the Normal Retirement Date.

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

3.2    Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

4
 

 

3.3    Death Following Active Service Before Benefits Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under this Agreement, but dies prior to receiving said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.3.

 

3.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under Section 3.3 is the vested benefit that would have been paid to the Executive set forth in Schedule A, Column C, based on the number of Years of Service completed on the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment. Schedule A, Column C is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

3.4    Death After the Payment of Disability Benefits. If the Executive dies within ten years of the effective date of this Agreement and after receipt of his Disability benefits under Section 2.4, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 3.4.

 

3.4.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under Section 3.4 is the benefit determined by the following formula:

 

$300,000- (the Disability Benefit paid under Section 2.4)

 

3.4.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive’s beneficiary in monthly installments on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death and continuing for 239 additional months. The monthly installment shall be calculated by amortizing the benefit under Section 3.4.1 using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3.5    Death After Change of Control. If Executive dies following a Change of Control, but prior to the commencement of the benefit payments provided Executive was in active service at the time of the Change of Control, the Company shall pay the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.5.

 

3.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under Section 3.5 is the lifetime benefit that would have been paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date of the Executive’s death were the Normal Retirement Date.

 

5
 

 

3.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1    Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Company during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated (prior Pennsylvania law referred to such a person as incompetent), or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

 

5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

 

5.2 Termination for Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for:

 

6
 

 

5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

 

5.2.3 Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.3    Competition After Termination of Employment. No benefits shall be payable, except for benefits paid due to a Change of Control, if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company, engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted in the trading area of the business of the Company which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by the Company as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment or his retirement.

 

5.4 Suicide or Misstatement. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive had made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedures

 

6.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify the Executive’s beneficiary in writing, within ninety (90) days of his or her written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the beneficiary is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary wished to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.

 

7
 

 

6.2    Review Procedure. If the beneficiary is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons which the beneficiary believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company orally or in writing, and the beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the beneficiary of its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the beneficiary and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2    No Guaranty of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8
 

 

8.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.5    Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.6    Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.7    Recovery of Estate Taxes. If the Executive’s gross estate for federal estate tax purposes includes any amount determined by reference to and on account of this Agreement, and if the beneficiary is other than the Executive’s estate, then the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to recover from the beneficiary receiving such benefit under the terms of the Agreement, an amount by which the total estate tax due by Executive’s estate, exceeds the total estate tax which would have been payable if the value of such benefit had not been included in the Executive’s gross estate. If there is more than one person receiving such benefit, the right of recovery shall be against each such person. In the event the beneficiary has a liability hereunder, the beneficiary may petition the Company for a lump sum payment in an amount not to exceed the beneficiary’s liability hereunder.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

8.9.1 Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

 

8.9.2 Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

8.9.3 Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

9
 

 

8.9.4 Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    The First National Bank of Berwick
       
/s/ J. Gerald Bazewicz   By: /s/ John L. Coates
J. Gerald Bazewicz   Title: Secretary

 

10
 

 

 

The First National Bank of Berwick

 

Schedule A

 

Column A     Column B     Column C     Column D  
            Annual Payment Due     Monthly  
Plan Year     Accrued Liability     at Retirement     Amounts  
                     
1       24,876       5,473       456  
2       51,683       10,552       879  
3       80,571       15,266       1,272  
4       111,702       19,639       1,637  
5       145,249       23,698       1,975  
6       181,401       27,464       2,289  
7       220,359       30,959       2,580  
8       262,342       34,202       2,850  
9       307,584       37,211       3,101  
10       356,338       40,004       3,334  
11       408,877       42,595       3,550  
12       465,495       45,000       3,750  

 

11
 

 

AMENDMENT

TO FIRST KEYSTONE NATIONAL BANK

SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment made and entered into this 28 th day of September, 2010 by and between First Keystone National Bank, a national banking corporation, located in Berwick, Pennsylvania (the “Corporation”), and J. Gerald Bazewicz, an employee of Corporation residing at 7 Sonny Road, Berwick, Pennsylvania 18603 (herein after referred to as the “Employee”), shall effectively amend the Split Dollar Insurance Agreement dated December 10, 2002 as specifically set forth herein pursuant to Section 8 of said agreement. Said Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

With respect to the Agreement, SECTION 4: RIGHT OF EMPLOYEE : is changed as follows:

 

4.1 The Employee shall have the right to designate and change direct and contingent beneficiaries (collectively, the “Beneficiary”) of the Employee Death benefit of the Insurance Policy. The Employee Death Benefit, while employed, shall be two times the Employee’s salary at death less $50,000 if death occurs while the Employee is employed by Bank. (For purposes of the Agreement, salary shall remain the Employees base salary excluding bonuses and incentive based compensation.) Employee’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in writing, delivered to the Human Resources Department at the Bank in a form acceptable to the Insurer. Employee’s beneficiary may be amended by the Employee from time to time. The Employee Benefit, post retirement, shall be the lesser of (a) $100,000 or (b) 100% of the Net Death Proceeds. Net Death Proceeds means the total death proceeds of the policy(s) minus the cash surrender value.

 

This amendment shall be effective the 28th day of September, 2010. To the extent that any term, provision, or paragraph of said agreement is not specifically amended herein, or in any other amendment thereto, said term, provision or paragraph shall remain in full force and effect as set forth in said December 10, 2002 Agreement.

 

In witness whereof, the undersigned, J. Gerald Bazewicz, has hereto set his hand and seal on the date above stated.

 

First Keystone National Bank   Employee
         
By: /s/ Matthew P. Prosseda   By: /s/ J. Gerald Bazewicz
  Signature     J. Gerald Bazewicz

 

12

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BERWICK

 

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made this 7 th day of January, 1997, by and between The First National Bank of Berwick, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”), and David R. Saracino (the “Executive”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

1.1    Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1.1 “Change of Control” means the transfer of 51% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock (or more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of any corporation which owns more than 50% of the Company's outstanding common stock) followed within twelve (12) months by replacement of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (for reasons other than death or disability).

 

1.1.2 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.1.3    “Disability” means the Executive suffering a sickness, accident or injury which, in the judgment of a physician satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Executive from performing substantially all of the Executive’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to any benefits, the Company may require the Executive to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

 

1
 

 

1.1.4    “Involuntary Termination” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, has been notified by the Company, in writing, that he is terminated as an employee for reasons other than an approved leave of absence, Termination for Cause or Disability.

 

1.1.5    “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive’s 60 th Birthday.

 

1.1.6    “Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

 

1.1.7    “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing on 1/7/1997 and ending 12 consecutive months later.

 

1.1.8    “Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, voluntary or involuntary, other than for reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

1.1.9    “Termination for Cause” See Section 5.2.

 

1.1.10    “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason other than:

 

a. for reason of an approved leave of absence;
b. death;
c. Disability;
d. Termination for Cause; or
e. Involuntary Termination.

 

1.1.11    “Years of Service” means the total number of Plan Years in which the Executive has been employed on a full time basis by the Company, inclusive of approved leaves of absence.

 

2
 

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1    Normal Retirement Benefit. If the Executive terminates employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under this Section 2.1 is $2,334 per month.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

2.2    Involuntary Termination Benefit. If Involuntary Termination occurs, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The Executive's benefit amount under this Section 2.2 is the monthly benefit set forth in Schedule A, Column D, based on the number of Plan Years completed on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. Schedule A, Column D is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive's Normal Retirement Date and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

2.3    Voluntary Termination Benefit. If Voluntary Termination occurs, prior to the Executive shall not be entitled to a benefit.

 

2.4    Disability Benefit. If Disability occurs, prior to the Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4.

 

2. 4.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under this Section 2.4 is the benefit set forth in Schedule A, Column B, based on the date of the Executive's termination of employment by reason of disability. Schedule A is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3
 

 

2.4.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days after the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

 

2.5    Change of Control Benefit. If Executive is in active service at the time of a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to the executive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this agreement.

 

2.5.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under this Section 2.5 is the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.

 

2.5.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit amount to the Executive on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1    Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under Section 3.1 is the lifetime benefit that would have been paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date of the Executive’s death were the Normal Retirement Date.

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

3.2    Death During Benefit Period. If the Executive dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

4
 

 

3.3    Death Following Active Service Before Benefits Commence.    If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under this Agreement, but dies prior to receiving said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the Executive's beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.3.

 

3.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under Section 3.3 is the vested benefit that would have been paid to the Executive set forth in Schedule A, Column C, based on the number of Years of Service completed on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. Schedule A, Column C is calculated using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate, and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3.3.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

3.4    Death After the Payment of Disability Benefits. If the Executive dies within ten years of the effective date of this Agreement and after receipt of his Disability benefits under Section 2.4, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 3.4.

 

3.4.1    Amount of Benefit. The benefit amount under Section 3.4 is the benefit determined by the following formula:

 

$300,000 - (the Disability Benefit paid under Section 2.4)

 

3.4.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive’s beneficiary in monthly installments on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death and continuing for 239 additional months. The monthly installment shall be calculated by amortizing the benefit under Section 3.4.1 using the interest method of accounting, a 7.5% discount rate and assuming monthly compounding and monthly benefit payments.

 

3.5    Death After Change of Control. If Executive dies following a Change of Control, but prior to the commencement of the benefit payments provided Executive was in active service at the time of the Change of Control, the Company shall pay the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.5.

 

5
 

 

3.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under Section 3.5 is the lifetime benefit that would have been paid to the Executive under Section 2.1 calculated as if the date of the Executive’s death were the Normal Retirement Date.

 

3.5.2    Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary on the first day of each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s death and continuing for 239 additional months.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1    Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Company during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2    Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated (prior Pennsylvania law referred to such a person as incompetent), or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

6
 

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

 

5.1    Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

 

5.2 Termination for Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for:

 

5 .2.1    Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

5 .2.2    Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

 

5.2.3    Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in conjunction with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.3    Competition After Termination of Employment. No benefits shall be payable, except for benefits paid due to a Change of Control, if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company, engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted in the trading area of the business of the Company which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by the Company as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment or his retirement.

 

5.4    Suicide or Misstatement. No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive had made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

 

7
 

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedures

 

6.1    Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify the Executive’s beneficiary in writing, within ninety (90) days of his or her written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the beneficiary is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary wished to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.

 

6.2    Review Procedure. If the beneficiary is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons which the beneficiary believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company orally or in writing, and the beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the beneficiary of its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the beneficiary and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.

 

8
 

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2    No Guaranty of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3    Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4    Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.5    Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.6    Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9
 

 

8.7    Recovery of Estate Taxes.    If the Executive’s gross estate for federal estate tax purposes includes any amount determined by reference to and on account of this Agreement, and if the beneficiary is other than the Executive’s estate, then the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to recover from the beneficiary receiving such benefit under the terms of the Agreement, an amount by which the total estate tax due by Executive’s estate, exceeds the total estate tax which would have been payable if the value of such benefit had not been included in the Executive’s gross estate. If there is more than one person receiving such benefit, the right of recovery shall be against each such person. In the event the beneficiary has a liability hereunder, the beneficiary may petition the Company for a lump sum payment in an amount not to exceed the beneficiary’s liability hereunder.

 

8.8    Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9    Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

8.9.1 Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

 

8.9.2 Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

8.9.3 Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

8.9.4 Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    The First National Bank of Berwick
       
/s/ David R. Saracino   By: /s/ John L. Coates
    Title: Secretary

 

10
 

 

The First National Bank of Berwick

 

Schedule A

 

Column A     Column B     Column C     Column D  
            Annual Payment Due     Monthly  
Plan Year     Accrued Liability     at Retirement     Amounts  
                     
1       27,464       4,481       373  
2       57,061       8,639       720  
3       88,955       12,497       1,041  
4       123,325       16,078       1,340  
5       160,363       19,401       1,617  
6       200,277       22,484       1,874  
7       243,289       25,345       2,112  
8       289,641       28,000       2,333  

 

11

 

First Keystone National Bank

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

This Salary Continuation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is adopted this 21 st day of May, 2007, by and between First Keystone National Bank, a nationally-chartered commercial bank located in Berwick, Pennsylvania (the “Company”), and Matthew Prosseda (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article I

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 Beneficiary ” means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Executive pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 Change in Control ” means the transfer of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock (or more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding common stock of any corporation which owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s outstanding common stock) followed within twelve (12) months by replacement of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the Company's Board (for reasons other than death or disability).

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

1
 

 

1.6 Disability ” means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider's determination.

 

1.7 Early Involuntary Termination ” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, has been notified by the Company, in writing, that he is terminated as an employee for reasons other than an approved leave of absence, Termination for Cause or Disability.

 

1.8 Effective Date ” means May 1, 2007.

 

1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive’s sixty-second (62nd) birthday.

 

1.10 “' Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of Normal Retirement Age or Separation from Service.

 

1.11 Plan Administrator ” means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.12 Plan Year ” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.13 Schedule A ” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.14 Separation from Service ” means the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A change in the Executive’s employment status will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

2
 

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.15 Specified Employee ” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.16 Termination for Cause ” See Section 5.2.

 

1.17 Voluntary Termination ” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason other than:

 

a. for reason of an approved leave of absence;

 

b. death;

 

c. Disability;

 

d. Termination for Cause; or

 

e. Involuntary Termination.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

 

3
 

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.2 Early Involuntary Termination Benefit . If Early Involuntary Termination occurs, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Involuntary Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.3 Voluntary Termination Benefit . If Voluntary Termination occurs, the Executive shall not be entitled to a benefit.

 

2.4 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which Disability occurs.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after such Disability.

 

2.5 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs followed by a Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5 is the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.

 

2.5.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

4
 

 

2.6 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.6 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.7 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Executive’s accrual account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.8 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. All changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements. The changes:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Section 2.2 be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
(c) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.5 delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies prior to Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for twenty (20) years on the first day of the each month commencing with the month following the Executive's date of death.

 

5
 

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit. If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall commence the month following the Executive's death.

 

3.4 Death After the Payment of Disability Benefits . If the Executive dies within ten (10) years after the effective date of this Agreement and after receipt of his Disability benefits under Section 2.4, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 3.4.

 

3.4.1 A mount of Benefit . The benefit under Section 3.4 is the benefit determined by the following formula:

 

Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) minus the Disability Benefit under Section 2.4.

 

3.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (l2) equal monthly installments for twenty (20) years on the first day of the each month commencing with the month following the Executive's date of death.

 

3.5 Death After Change in Control . If the Executive dies following a Change in Control and is entitled to benefits under Section 2.5, the Company shall pay the Beneficiary, the benefit described in this Section 3.5.

 

3.5.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.5 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.5.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for twenty (20) years on the first day of the each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death.

 

6
 

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Designation . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Executive names someone other than the Executive’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Executive’s spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive's death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, any benefits shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

7
 

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

 

5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

 

5.2 Termination for Cause. If the Company or an applicable banking regulator terminates the Executive’s employment for:

 

5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or

 

5.2.3 Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.3 Competition After Termination of Employment . No benefits shall be payable, except for benefits paid due to a Change of Control, if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company, engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted in the trading area (a fifty (50) mile radius) of the business of the Company which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by the Company as of the date of termination of the Executive's employment or his retirement.

 

5.4 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.5 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

8
 

 

Article 6

Claims And Review Procedures

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

9
 

 

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation- Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ER1SA Section 502(a).

 

10
 

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

7.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive in accordance with the limitations imposed under Section 409A of the Code.

 

Article 8

Administration of Agreement

 

8.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

8.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

8.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the death, Disability or Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

11
 

 

8.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor interfere with the Company's right to discharge the Executive. It does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

12
 

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action. In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Company or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Code Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

9.13 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

First Keystone National Bank

111 West Front Street

Berwick, PA 18603

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Executive.

 

13
 

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Company reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Company to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Company may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Executive (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest date the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

Executive:   COMPANY:
       
    First Keystone National Bank
       
/s/ Matthew P. Prosseda   By: /s/ J. Gerlad Bazewicz
    Title: President

 

14

 

First Keystone National Bank

Salary Continuation Agreement

 

This Salary Continuation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is adopted this 22 nd day of April, 2008 by and between First Keystone National Bank, a nationally-chartered commercial bank located in Berwick, Pennsylvania (the “Company”), and Elaine Woodland (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 Beneficiary ” means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Executive pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

1
 

 

1.6 Disability ” means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Company. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Company provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.

 

1.7 Early Involuntary Termination ” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, has been notified by the Company, in writing, that he is terminated as an employee for reasons other than an approved leave of absence, Termination for Cause or Disability.

 

1.8 Effective Date ” means June 1, 2008.

 

1.9 Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive’s sixty-third (63 rd ) birthday.

 

1.10 Normal Retirement Date” means the later of Normal Retirement Age or Separation from Service.

 

1.11 Plan Administrator” means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.12 Plan Year ” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.13 Schedule A ” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

2
 

 

1.14 Separation from Service ” means termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death Disability. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Company if the Executive has been providing services to the Company less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.15 Specified Employee ” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.16 Termination for Cause ” See Section 5.2.

 

1.17 Voluntary Termination ” means the Executive, prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason other than:

 

a. for reason of an approved leave of absence;
b. death;
c. Disability;
d. Termination for Cause; or
e. Early Involuntary Termination.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for fifteen (15) years.

 

3
 

 

2.2 Early Involuntary Termination Benefit . If Early Involuntary Termination occurs, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Involuntary Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.3 Voluntary Termination Benefit . If Voluntary Termination occurs, the Executive shall not be entitled to a benefit.

 

2.4 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which Disability occurs.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within sixty (60) days after such Disability.

 

2.5 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs followed within twenty-four (24) months by a Separation from Service, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.5.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.5 is the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.

 

2.5.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for fifteen (15) years.

 

4
 

 

2.6 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.6 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.7 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Executive’s accrual account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.8 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements. The changes:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Section 2.2 be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
(c) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.5 delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies prior to Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

5
 

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years on the first day of the each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall commence the month following the Executive’s death.

 

3.4 Death After the Payment of Disability Benefits . If the Executive dies within ten (10) years after the Effective Date of this Agreement and after receipt of his Disability benefits under Section 2.3, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 3.4.

 

3.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under Section 3.4 is the benefit determined by the following formula:

 

Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) minus the Disability Benefit under Section 2.3.

 

3.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years on the first day of the each month commencing with the month following the Executive’s date of death.

 

6
 

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Designation . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Executive names someone other than the Executive’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Executive’s spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, any benefits shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

 

7
 

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

 

5.1 Excess Parachute Payment . To the extent the benefit would be an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code.

 

5.2 Termination for Cause . If the Company or an applicable banking regulator terminates the Executive’s employment for:

 

5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;
5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or
5.2.3 Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.3 Competition After Termination of Employment . No benefits shall be payable, except for benefits paid due to a Change of Control, if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company, engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted in the trading area (a fifty (50) mile radius) of the business of the Company which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by the Company as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment or his retirement.

 

5.4 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

8
 

 

5.5 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.6 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CPR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

Article 6

Claims And Review Procedures

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

9
 

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

10
 

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

7.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive in accordance with the limitations imposed under Section 409A of the Code.

 

Article 8

Administration of Agreement

 

8.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

11
 

 

8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

8.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

8.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the death, Disability or Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

8.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

12
 

 

9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Company or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Code Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

13
 

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

First Keystone National Bank

P.O. Box 289

Berwick PA 18603

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Company reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Company to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Company may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Executive (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Executive’s death) at the earliest date the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Compliance with Code Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement .

 

14
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

Executive :   COMPANY:
    First Keystone National Bank
     
/s/ Elaine Woodland   By: /s/ J. Gerald Bazewicz
Elaine Woodland   Title: President

 

15

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.2

  

FIRST KEYSTONE COMMUNITY BANK

 

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

CONTENTS

 

 

I. PURPOSE 1
     
II. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1
     
III. PLAN ADMINISTRATION 1
     
IV. PLAN PARTICIPANTS 2
     
V. OPERATING RULES 3
     
VI. SUMMARY OF SUPPLEMENTARY PLAN DOCUMENTS 5

  

 
 

  

I. PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Management Incentive Compensation Plan is to provide incentives and awards to top management employees who, through high levels of performance, contribute to the success and profitability of First Keystone Community Bank. The Plan is designed to support organizational objectives and financial goals, as defined by the Bank’s Strategic and Financial Plans, by making available additional, variable, and contingent incentive compensation.

 

II. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Management Incentive Compensation Plan is based upon the achievement of a required budget net income figure before any incentive award “pool” is formed. The Plan specifies annual goals that are consistent with those contained in the Strategic Business Plan and the annual Profit Plan.

 

The calculation of share of profits to be distributed to the Plan participants, and the incentive formulas, are constructed to provide awards that are consistent with achieved profitability levels. The incentive formulas insure a level of incentive award that will enable First Keystone Community Bank to attract, retain, and motivate high-quality management personnel and support continued growth and profitability.

 

The Management Incentive Compensation Plan is established to augment regular salary and benefits programs already in existence. The Plan is not meant to be a substitute for salary increases, but as a supplement to salary, and, as stated earlier, as an incentive for performance that contributes to outstanding levels of achievement.

 

III. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Throughout this Plan document, reference to the actions and authority of the Human Resource Committee of the Board of Directors also presumes that the Committee will recommend, and the Board of Directors will approve or disapprove, final disposition of all matters pertaining to the administration of the Plan. The Committee, with Board approval, has the responsibility to interpret, administer, amend, or recommend suspension or termination of the Plan as necessary. The recommendations of the Committee, as approved by the Board, affecting the construction, interpretation, and administration of the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties, including the Bank and its employees.

 

1
 

  

Matters before the Committee shall be decided upon a majority vote of the Committee and recommended to the Board for final action. Plan participants who are members of the Committee shall not be entitled to vote on matters relating to the eligibility for and/or determination of their own incentive compensation awards.

 

During the first quarter of each Plan Year, the Committee may review and revise the operating rules. Performance measures, and awards based upon those measures, may be changed in order to emphasize specific goals and objectives of the Plan. However, it is expected that the Plan will require modification only when significant changes in organization, goals, personnel, or performance occur. The Chief Executive Officer shall inform the Committee of any proposed changes to the operating rules.

 

Computation of incentive awards will be made by the Chief Executive Officer in consultation with the Chairman of the Board. Maintenance of participant payments and other related records shall be the responsibility of the Bank's Human Resource Manager. Such computations and records may be audited annually by the independent auditors of the Bank prior to submission to the Committee and the Board for review and approval.

 

Finally, the Committee, in the exercise of its discretion with respect to the determination of the amount of the incentive plan pool for any given Plan Year, may take into account the presence or absence of nonrecurring or extraordinary items of income, gain, expense, or loss, and any and all factors that, in its sole discretion, may deem relevant.

 

Extraordinary occurrences may be excluded when calculating performance results to insure that the best interests of the Bank are protected and are not brought into conflict with the best interest of plan participants.

 

IV. PLAN PARTICIPANTS

 

Participation in the Management Incentive Plan at First Keystone Community Bank is limited to the executive management team. This management team includes the following functional job titles:

 

A. Chief Executive Officer
   
B. Chief Operating Officer
   
C. Executive Vice President and Director of Lending
   
D. Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
E. Senior Vice President and Deposit Operations Manager

 

2
 

  

F. Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

 

G. Vice President and Senior Trust Officer

 

Plan participation by these seven (7) individuals recognizes the importance of this group to the Bank and the potential these officers have to influence the achievement of financial and strategic objectives.

 

V. OPERATING RULES

 

I. The Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 1988 and has been most recently amended and adopted on

 

January 25, 2011.

 

A. The Board of Directors of First Keystone Community Bank may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time.

 

B. The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resource Committee with assistance from Executive Management.

 

C. The Human Resource Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations and shall make determinations and interpretations of the Plan thereunder as it shall deem appropriate. All such rules, regulations, and determinations, as approved by the Board of Directors, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties.

 

D. Eligibility for participation in the Plan is based upon the eligibility requirements as stated herein.

 

E. Supplementary Plan Documents relating to participants, the targeted incentive plan pool, and other pertinent matters will be prepared by the Committee, and approved by the Board of Directors, during the first quarter of each Plan Year.

 

F. The incentive plan pool may be funded, within the discretion of the Board of Directors, with the following to be used as a general guideline:

 

Fund as a   % of Budget  
% of Budget   Beyond Goal  
       
Greater than 95% of budget up to 100% of budget     10 %
         
In excess of budget     15 %

 

3
 

 

 

G. Allocation of the plan pool will be made in accordance with the guidelines shown in Section VI of this Plan document. As noted in these guidelines, individual performance standards must be met before an eligible participant will receive all or part of his/her eligible portion of the pool.

 

H. Within thirty (30) days following the end of the Plan Year, or as soon as financial and operating results are known, eligible participants will receive their appropriate incentive plan payment. Unless otherwise determined and approved by the Board of Directors, this payment will be made in cash.

 

I. Basic Incentive Plan guidelines for any Plan Year shall be reviewed with the participants at the beginning of each Plan Year.

 

J. Partial payments under the Plan shall be administered as follows:

 

1. Retirement: In the event of termination of employment through retirement, the employee may, at the discretion of the Committee, be considered to have earned one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual incentive compensation award of a particular year for each month of employment in the Plan Year of his/her retirement.

 

2. Death: If a participant dies, the amount of the award may be prorated for each month of employment during the Plan Year at the discretion of the Committee, and paid to the estate or designated beneficiary.

 

3. Termination for Reasons Other Than Death or Retirement: In the event of termination of employment for reasons other than death or retirement, the participant, at the discretion of the Committee, will forfeit all unpaid incentive awards.

 

K. No right or interest of any participant in the plan shall be assignable or transferable, or subject to any lien, directly, by operation of law, or otherwise, including levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, or bankruptcy, except to a beneficiary upon the death of a participant as herein provided.

 

4
 

  

L. An award under the Plan shall not confer any right on the participant to continue in the employ of the bank, or limit in any way the right of the bank to terminate the participant's employment at any time. The receipt of an award for any one year shall not guarantee an employee the right to receive an award for any subsequent year.

 

M. The Bank shall have the right to deduct from all payments under this Plan any federal or state taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.

 

N. The Committee, with concurrence of the Board of Directors, may terminate, amend, or modify this Plan at any time.

 

O. The amount of the pool shall be capped in the amount of $100,000.00 in order to protect the interest of the Bank.

 

VI. SUMMARY OF SUPPLEMENTARY PLAN DOCUMENTS

 

A. Allocation of Incentive Plan Pool

 

Job Title   Maximum % of Pool  
       
1.  Chief Executive Officer     40 %
         
2.  Chief Operating Officer     20 %
         
3.  Executive Vice President and Director of Lending     8 %
         
4.  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     8 %
         
5.  Senior Vice President and Deposit Operations Manager     8 %
         
6.  Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer     8 %
         
7.  Vice President and Senior Trust Officer     8 %

 

5

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 21

  

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE ISSUER

  

Direct Subsidiary: First Keystone Community Bank, Pennsylvania state chartered commercial bank.

  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiary.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION:

 

We consent to the use of our reports dated March 14, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of First Keystone Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which reports are included herein and the incorporation by reference of such reports on the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, related to the Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, filed with the SEC on August 3, 2007 (Registration No. 333-145093).

 

  /s/ J. H. Williams & Co., LLP
  J. H. Williams & Co., LLP

 

March 14, 2014

Kingston, Pennsylvania

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Matthew P. Prosseda, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013, of First Keystone Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  /s/ Matthew P. Prosseda
  Matthew P. Prosseda
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Date: March 14, 2014

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Diane C.A. Rosler, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013, of First Keystone Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  /s/ Diane C.A. Rosler
  Diane C.A. Rosler
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

 

Date: March 14, 2014

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Keystone Corporation (the “Corporation”) for the period ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Matthew P. Prosseda, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify, pursuant to and for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

  /s/ Matthew P. Prosseda
  Matthew P. Prosseda
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 14, 2014

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Corporation and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

FIRST KEYSTONE CORPORATION

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Keystone Corporation (the “Corporation”) for the period ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Diane C.A. Rosler, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to and for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

  /s/ Diane C.A. Rosler
  Diane C.A. Rosler
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

 

March 14, 2014

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Corporation and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.